SPRS637 Data sheet

SPRS637E February 2010 – June 2014 AM1707

PRODUCTION DATA.

Package Options

Refer to the PDF data sheet for device specific package drawings

Mechanical Data (Package|Pins)

ZKB|256

Thermal pad, mechanical data (Package|Pins)

Orderable Information

5 Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications

5.1 Parameter Information

5.1.1 Parameter Information Device-Specific Information

A. The data sheet provides timing at the device pin. For output timing analysis, the tester pin electronics and its transmission line effects must be taken into account. A transmission line with a delay of 2 ns or longer can be used to produce the desired transmission line effect. The transmission line is intended as a load only. It is not necessary to add or subtract the transmission line delay (2 ns or longer) from the data sheet timings.
Input requirements in this data sheet are tested with an input slew rate of < 4 Volts per nanosecond (4 V/ns) at the device pin and the input signals are driven between 0V and the appropriate IO supply rail for the signal.

Figure 5-1 Test Load Circuit for AC Timing Measurements

The load capacitance value stated is only for characterization and measurement of AC timing signals. This load capacitance value does not indicate the maximum load the device is capable of driving.

5.1.1.1 Signal Transition Levels

All input and output timing parameters are referenced to V_ref for both "0" and "1" logic levels. For 3.3 V I/O, V_ref = 1.65 V. For 1.8 V I/O, V_ref = 0.9 V. For 1.2 V I/O, V_ref = 0.6 V.

Figure 5-2 Input and Output Voltage Reference Levels for AC Timing Measurements

All rise and fall transition timing parameters are referenced to V_IL MAX and V_IH MIN for input clocks, V_OLMAX and V_OH MIN for output clocks.

Figure 5-3 Rise and Fall Transition Time Voltage Reference Levels

5.2 Recommended Clock and Control Signal Transition Behavior

All clocks and control signals must transition between V_IH and V_IL (or between V_IL and V_IH) in a monotonic manner.

5.3 Power Supplies

5.3.1 Power-on Sequence

The device should be powered-on in the following order:

RTC (RTC_CVDD) may be powered from an external device (such as a battery) prior to all other supplies being applied or powered-up at the same time as CVDD. If the RTC is not used, RTC_CVDD should be connected to CVDD. RTC_CVDD should not be left unpowered while CVDD is powered.
Core logic supplies:
1. CVDD core logic supply
2. Other 1.2V logic supplies (PLL0_VDDA). Groups 2a) and 2b) may be powered up together or 2a) first followed by 2b).
All 1.8V IO supplies (USB0_VDDA18, USB1_VDDA18).
All digital IO and analog 3.3V PHY supplies (DVDD, USB0_VDDA33 , USB1_VDDA33). USB0_VDDA33 and USB1_VDDA33 are not required if both USB0 and USB1 are not used) and may be left unconnected.

Group 3) and group 4) may be powered on in either order [3 then 4, or 4 then 3] but group 4) must be powered-on after the core logic supplies.

There is no specific required voltage ramp rate for any of the supplies.

RESET must be maintained active until all power supplies have reached their nominal values.

5.3.2 Power-off Sequence

The power supplies can be powered-off in any order as long as the 3.3V supplies do not remain powered with the other supplies unpowered.

5.4 Reset

5.4.1 Power-On Reset (POR)

A power-on reset (POR) is required to place the device in a known good state after power-up. Power-On Reset is initiated by bringing RESET and TRST low at the same time. POR sets all of the device internal logic to its default state. All pins are tri-stated with the exception of RESETOUT, which remains active through the reset sequence, and RTCK/GP7[14]. If an emulator is driving TCK into the device during reset, then RTCK/GP7[14] will drive out RTCK. If TCK is not being driven into the device during reset, then RTCK/GP7[14] will drive low.RESETOUT is an output for use by other controllers in the system that indicates the device is currently in reset.

While both TRST and RESET need to be asserted upon power up, only RESET needs to be released for the device to boot properly. TRST may be asserted indefinitely for normal operation, keeping the JTAG port interface and device's emulation logic in the reset state.

TRST only needs to be released when it is necessary to use a JTAG controller to debug the device or exercise the device's boundary scan functionality. Note: TRST is synchronous and must be clocked by TCK; otherwise, the boundary scan logic may not respond as expected after TRST is asserted.

RESET must be released only in order for boundary-scan JTAG to read the variant field of IDCODE correctly. Other boundary-scan instructions work correctly independent of current state of RESET. For maximum reliability, the device includes an internal pulldown on the TRST pin to ensure that TRST will always be asserted upon power up and the device's internal emulation logic will always be properly initialized.

JTAG controllers from Texas Instruments actively drive TRST high. However, some third-party JTAG controllers may not drive TRST high but expect the use of a pullup resistor on TRST. When using this type of JTAG controller, assert TRST to intialize the device after powerup and externally drive TRST high before attempting any emulation or boundary scan operations.

RTCK/GP7[14] is maintained active through a POR.

A summary of the effects of Power-On Reset is given below:

All internal logic (including emulation logic and the PLL logic) is reset to its default state
Internal memory is not maintained through a POR
RESETOUT goes active
All device pins go to a high-impedance state
The RTC peripheral is not reset during a POR. A software sequence is required to reset the RTC.

CAUTION: A watchdog reset triggers a POR.

5.4.2 Warm Reset

A warm reset provides a limited reset to the device. Warm Reset is initiated by bringing only RESET low (TRST is maintained high through a warm reset). Warm reset sets certain portions of the device to their default state while leaving others unaltered. All pins are 3-stated with the exception of RESETOUT which remains active through the reset sequence and RTCK/GP7[14]. If an emulator is driving TCK into the device during reset, then RTCK/GP7[14] will drive out RTCK. If TCK is not being driven into the device during reset, then RTCK/GP7[14] will drive low. RESETOUT is an output for use by other controllers in the system that indicates the device is currently in reset

During emulation, the emulator will maintain TRST high and hence only warm reset (not POR) is available during emulation debug and development.

RTCK/GP7[14] is maintained active through a warm reset.

A summary of the effects of Warm Reset is given below:

All internal logic (except for the emulation logic and the PLL logic) is reset to its default state
Internal memory is maintained through a warm reset
RESETOUT goes active
All device pins go to a high-impedance state
The RTC peripheral is not reset during a warm reset. A software sequence is required to reset the RTC.

5.4.3 Reset Electrical Data Timings

Table 5-1 assumes testing over the recommended operating conditions.

Table 5-1 Reset Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.			MIN	UNIT
1	t_w(RSTL)	Pulse width, RESET/TRST low	100	ns
2	t_su(BPV-RSTH)	Setup time, boot pins valid before RESET/TRST high	20	ns
3	t_h(RSTH-BPV)	Hold time, boot pins valid after RESET/TRST high	20	ns
4	t_{d(RSTH-RESETOUTH)}	RESET high to RESETOUT high; Warm reset	4096	cycles⁽³⁾
4	t_{d(RSTH-RESETOUTH)}	RESET high to RESETOUT high; Power-on Reset	6192	cycles⁽³⁾

(1) RESETOUT is multiplexed with other pin functions. See the Terminal Functions table, Table 3-3 for details.

(2) For power-on reset (POR), the reset timings in this table refer to RESET and TRST together. For warm reset, the reset timings in this table refer to RESET only (TRST is held high).

(3) OSCIN cycles.

Figure 5-4 Power-On Reset (RESET and TRST active) Timing

Figure 5-5 Warm Reset (RESET active, TRST high) Timing

5.5 Crystal Oscillator or External Clock Input

The device includes two choices to provide an external clock input, which is fed to the on-chip PLL to generate high-frequency system clocks. These options are illustrated in Figure 5-6 and Figure 5-7. For input clock frequencies between 12 and 20 MHz, a crystal with 80 ohm max ESR is recommended. For input clock frequencies between 20 and 30 MHz, a crystal with 60 ohm max ESR is recommended. Typical load capacitance values are 10-20 pF, where the load capacitance is the series combination of C1 and C2.

The CLKMODE bit in the PLLCTL register must be 0 to use the on-chip oscillator. If CLKMODE is set to 1, the internal oscillator is disabled.

Figure 5-6 illustrates the option that uses on-chip 1.2V oscillator with external crystal circuit.
Figure 5-7 illustrates the option that uses an external 1.2V clock input.

Figure 5-6 On-Chip 1.2V Oscillator

Table 5-2 Oscillator Timing Requirements

PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
f_osc	Oscillator frequency range (OSCIN/OSCOUT)	12	30	MHz

Figure 5-7 External 1.2V Clock Source

Table 5-3 OSCIN Timing Requirements

PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
f_OSCIN	OSCIN frequency range (OSCIN)	12	50	MHz
t_c(OSCIN)	Cycle time, external clock driven on OSCIN	20		ns
t_w(OSCINH)	Pulse width high, external clock on OSCIN	0.4 t_c(OSCIN)		ns
t_w(OSCINL)	Pulse width low, external clock on OSCIN	0.4 t_c(OSCIN)		ns
t_t(OSCIN)	Transition time, OSCIN		0.25P or 10 ⁽¹⁾	ns
t_j(OSCIN)	Period jitter, OSCIN		0.02P	ns

(1) Whichever is smaller. P = the period of the applied signal. Maintaining transition times as fast as possible is recommended to improve noise immunity on input signals.

5.6 Clock PLLs

The device has one PLL controller that provides clock to different parts of the system. PLL0 provides clocks (though various dividers) to most of the components of the device.

The PLL controller provides the following:

Glitch-Free Transitions (on changing clock settings)
Domain Clocks Alignment
Clock Gating
PLL power down

The various clock outputs given by the controller are as follows:

Domain Clocks: SYSCLK [1:n]
Auxiliary Clock from reference clock source: AUXCLK

Various dividers that can be used are as follows:

Post-PLL Divider: POSTDIV
SYSCLK Divider: D1, ¼, Dn

Various other controls supported are as follows:

PLL Multiplier Control: PLLM
Software programmable PLL Bypass: PLLEN

5.6.1 PLL Device-Specific Information

The PLL requires some external filtering components to reduce power supply noise as shown in Figure 5-8.

Figure 5-8 PLL External Filtering Components

The input to the PLL is either from the on-chip oscillator (OSCIN pin) or from an external clock on the OSCIN pin. The PLL outputs seven clocks that have programmable divider options. Figure 5-9 illustrates the PLL Topology.

The PLL is disabled by default after a device reset. It must be configured by software according to the allowable operating conditions listed in Table 5-4 before enabling the processor to run from the PLL by setting PLLEN = 1.

Figure 5-9 PLL Topology

Table 5-4 Allowed PLL Operating Conditions

No.	PARAMETER	Default Value	MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	PLLRST: Assertion time during initialization	N/A	1000	N/A	ns
2	Lock time: The time that the application has to wait for the PLL to acquire locks before setting PLLEN, after changing PREDIV, PLLM, or OSCIN	N/A	N/A		OSCIN cycles
3	PREDIV	/1	/1	/32
4	PLL input frequency ( PLLREF)		12	30 (if internal oscillator is used) 50 (if external clock source is used)	MHz
5	PLL multiplier values (PLLM) ⁽¹⁾	x20	x4	x32
6	PLL output frequency. ( PLLOUT )	N/A	300	600	MHz
7	POSTDIV	/1	/1	/32

(1) The multiplier values must be chosen such that the PLL output frequency (at PLLOUT) is between 300 and 600 MHz, but the frequency going into the SYSCLK dividers (after the post divider) cannot exceed the maximum clock frequency defined for the device at a given voltage operating point.

5.6.2 Device Clock Generation

PLL0 is controlled by PLL Controller 0. The PLLC0 manages the clock ratios, alignment, and gating for the system clocks to the chip. The PLLC is responsible for controlling all modes of the PLL through software, in terms of pre-division of the clock inputs, multiply factor within the PLL, and post-division for each of the chip-level clocks from the PLL output. The PLLC also controls reset propagation through the chip, clock alignment, and test points.

5.6.3 PLL Controller 0 Registers

Table 5-5 PLL Controller 0 Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C1 1000	REVID	Revision Identification Register
0x01C1 10E4	RSTYPE	Reset Type Status Register
0x01C1 1100	PLLCTL	PLL Control Register
0x01C1 1104	OCSEL	OBSCLK Select Register
0x01C1 1110	PLLM	PLL Multiplier Control Register
0x01C1 1114	PREDIV	PLL Pre-Divider Control Register
0x01C1 1118	PLLDIV1	PLL Controller Divider 1 Register
0x01C1 111C	PLLDIV2	PLL Controller Divider 2 Register
0x01C1 1120	PLLDIV3	PLL Controller Divider 3 Register
0x01C1 1124	OSCDIV	Oscillator Divider 1 Register (OBSCLK)
0x01C1 1128	POSTDIV	PLL Post-Divider Control Register
0x01C1 1138	PLLCMD	PLL Controller Command Register
0x01C1 113C	PLLSTAT	PLL Controller Status Register
0x01C1 1140	ALNCTL	PLL Controller Clock Align Control Register
0x01C1 1144	DCHANGE	PLLDIV Ratio Change Status Register
0x01C1 1148	CKEN	Clock Enable Control Register
0x01C1 114C	CKSTAT	Clock Status Register
0x01C1 1150	SYSTAT	SYSCLK Status Register
0x01C1 1160	PLLDIV4	PLL Controller Divider 4 Register
0x01C1 1164	PLLDIV5	PLL Controller Divider 5 Register
0x01C1 1168	PLLDIV6	PLL Controller Divider 6 Register
0x01C1 116C	PLLDIV7	PLL Controller Divider 7 Register

5.7 Interrupts

5.7.1 ARM CPU Interrupts

The ARM9 CPU core supports 2 direct interrupts: FIQ and IRQ. The ARM Interrupt Controller extends the number of interrupts to 100, and provides features like programmable masking, priority, hardware nesting support, and interrupt vector generation.

5.7.1.1 ARM Interrupt Controller (AINTC) Interrupt Signal Hierarchy

The ARM Interrupt controller organizes interrupts into the following hierarchy:

Peripheral Interrupt Requests
- Individual Interrupt Sources from Peripherals
100 System Interrupts
- One or more Peripheral Interrupt Requests are combined (fixed configuration) to generate a System Interrupt.
- After prioritization, the AINTC will provide an interrupt vector based unique to each System Interrupt
32 Interrupt Channels
- Each System Interrupt is mapped to one of the 32 Interrupt Channels
- Channel Number determines the first level of prioritization, Channel 0 is highest priority and 31 lowest.
- If more than one system interrupt is mapped to a channel, priority within the channel is determined by system interrupt number (0 highest priority)
Host Interrupts (FIQ and IRQ)
- Interrupt Channels 0 and 1 generate the ARM FIQ interrupt
- Interrupt Channels 2 through 31 Generate the ARM IRQ interrupt
Debug Interrupts
- Two Debug Interrupts are supported and can be used to trigger events in the debug subsystem
- Sources can be selected from any of the System Interrupts or Host Interrupts

5.7.1.2 AINTC Hardware Vector Generation

The AINTC also generates an interrupt vector in hardware for both IRQ and FIQ host interrupts. This may be used to accelerate interrupt dispatch. A unique vector is generated for each of the 100 system interrupts. The vector is computed in hardware as:

VECTOR = BASE + (SYSTEM INTERRUPT NUMBER × SIZE)

Where BASE and SIZE are programmable. The computed vector is a 32-bit address which may dispatched to using a single instruction of type LDR PC, [PC, #-<offset_12>] at the FIQ and IRQ vector locations (0xFFFF0018 and 0xFFFF001C respectively).

5.7.1.3 AINTC Hardware Interrupt Nesting Support

Interrupt nesting occurs when an interrupt service routine re-enables interrupts, to allow the CPU to interrupt the ISR if a higher priority event occurs. The AINTC provides hardware support to facilitate interrupt nesting. It supports both global and per host interrupt (FIQ and IRQ in this case) automatic nesting. If enabled, the AINTC will automatically update an internal nesting register that temporarily masks interrupts at and below the priority of the current interrupt channel. Then if the ISR re-enables interrupts; only higher priority channels will be able to interrupt it. The nesting level is restored by the ISR by writing to the nesting level register on completion. Support for nesting can be enabled/disabled by software, with the option of automatic nesting on a global or per host interrupt basis; or manual nesting.

5.7.1.4 AINTC System Interrupt Assignments on the device

System Interrupt assignments for the device are listed in Table 5-6

Table 5-6 AINTC System Interrupt Assignments

System Interrupt	Interrupt Name	Source
0	COMMTX	ARM
1	COMMRX	ARM
2	NINT	ARM
3	PRU_EVTOUT0	PRUSS Interrupt
4	PRU_EVTOUT1	PRUSS Interrupt
5	PRU_EVTOUT2	PRUSS Interrupt
6	PRU_EVTOUT3	PRUSS Interrupt
7	PRU_EVTOUT4	PRUSS Interrupt
8	PRU_EVTOUT5	PRUSS Interrupt
9	PRU_EVTOUT6	PRUSS Interrupt
10	PRU_EVTOUT7	PRUSS Interrupt
11	EDMA3_CC0_CCINT	EDMA CC Region 0
12	EDMA3_CC0_CCERRINT	EDMA Channel Controller
13	EDMA3_TC0_TCERRINT	EDMA Transfer Controller 0
14	EMIFA_INT	EMIFA
15	IIC0_INT	I2C0
16	MMCSD_INT0	MMCSD
17	MMCSD_INT1	MMCSD
18	PSC0_ALLINT	PSC0
19	RTC_IRQS[1:0]	RTC
20	SPI0_INT	SPI0
21	T64P0_TINT12	Timer64P0 Interrupt 12
22	T64P0_TINT34	Timer64P0 Interrupt 34
23	T64P1_TINT12	Timer64P1 Interrupt 12
24	T64P1_TINT34	Timer64P1 Interrupt 34
25	UART0_INT	UART0
26	-	Reserved
27	MPU_BOOTCFG_ERR	Shared MPU and SYSCFG Address/Protection Error Interrupt
28 - 31	-	Reserved
32	EDMA3_TC1_TCERRINT	EDMA Transfer Controller 1
33	EMAC_C0RXTHRESH	EMAC - Core 0 Receive Threshold Interrupt
34	EMAC_C0RX	EMAC - Core 0 Receive Interrupt
35	EMAC_C0TX	EMAC - Core 0 Transmit Interrupt
36	EMAC_C0MISC	EMAC - Core 0 Miscellaneous Interrupt
37	EMAC_C1RXTHRESH	EMAC - Core 1 Receive Threshold Interrupt
38	EMAC_C1RX	EMAC - Core 1 Receive Interrupt
39	EMAC_C1TX	EMAC - Core 1 Transmit Interrupt
40	EMAC_C1MISC	EMAC - Core 1 Miscellaneous Interrupt
41	EMIF_MEMERR	EMIFB
42	GPIO_B0INT	GPIO Bank 0 Interrupt
43	GPIO_B1INT	GPIO Bank 1 Interrupt
44	GPIO_B2INT	GPIO Bank 2 Interrupt
45	GPIO_B3INT	GPIO Bank 3 Interrupt
46	GPIO_B4INT	GPIO Bank 4 Interrupt
47	GPIO_B5INT	GPIO Bank 5 Interrupt
48	GPIO_B6INT	GPIO Bank 6 Interrupt
49	GPIO_B7INT	GPIO Bank 7 Interrupt
50	-	Reserved
51	IIC1_INT	I2C1
52	LCDC_INT	LCD Controller
53	UART_INT1	UART1
54	MCASP_INT	McASP0, 1, 2 Combined RX / TX Interrupts
55	PSC1_ALLINT	PSC1
56	SPI1_INT	SPI1
57	UHPI_ARMINT	HPI ARM Interrupt
58	USB0_INT	USB0 Interrupt
59	USB1_HCINT	USB1 OHCI Host Controller Interrupt
60	USB1_RWAKEUP	USB1 Remote Wakeup Interrupt
61	UART2_INT	UART2
62	-	Reserved
63	EHRPWM0	HiResTimer / PWM0 Interrupt
64	EHRPWM0TZ	HiResTimer / PWM0 Trip Zone Interrupt
65	EHRPWM1	HiResTimer / PWM1 Interrupt
66	EHRPWM1TZ	HiResTimer / PWM1 Trip Zone Interrupt
67	EHRPWM2	HiResTimer / PWM2 Interrupt
68	EHRPWM2TZ	HiResTimer / PWM2 Trip Zone Interrupt
69	ECAP0	ECAP0
70	ECAP1	ECAP1
71	ECAP2	ECAP2
72	EQEP0	EQEP0
73	EQEP1	EQEP1
74	T64P0_CMPINT0	Timer64P0 - Compare 0
75	T64P0_CMPINT1	Timer64P0 - Compare 1
76	T64P0_CMPINT2	Timer64P0 - Compare 2
77	T64P0_CMPINT3	Timer64P0 - Compare 3
78	T64P0_CMPINT4	Timer64P0 - Compare 4
79	T64P0_CMPINT5	Timer64P0 - Compare 5
80	T64P0_CMPINT6	Timer64P0 - Compare 6
81	T64P0_CMPINT7	Timer64P0 - Compare 7
82	T64P1_CMPINT0	Timer64P1 - Compare 0
83	T64P1_CMPINT1	Timer64P1 - Compare 1
84	T64P1_CMPINT2	Timer64P1 - Compare 2
85	T64P1_CMPINT3	Timer64P1 - Compare 3
86	T64P1_CMPINT4	Timer64P1 - Compare 4
87	T64P1_CMPINT5	Timer64P1 - Compare 5
88	T64P1_CMPINT6	Timer64P1 - Compare 6
89	T64P1_CMPINT7	Timer64P1 - Compare 7
90	ARMCLKSTOPREQ	PSC0
91 - 100	-	Reserved

5.7.1.5 AINTC Memory Map

Table 5-7 AINTC Memory Map

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0xFFFE E000	REV	Revision Register
0xFFFE E004	CR	Control Register
0xFFFE E008 - 0xFFFE E00F	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E010	GER	Global Enable Register
0xFFFE E014 - 0xFFFE E01B	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E01C	GNLR	Global Nesting Level Register
0xFFFE E020	SISR	System Interrupt Status Indexed Set Register
0xFFFE E024	SICR	System Interrupt Status Indexed Clear Register
0xFFFE E028	EISR	System Interrupt Enable Indexed Set Register
0xFFFE E02C	EICR	System Interrupt Enable Indexed Clear Register
0xFFFE E030	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E034	HIEISR	Host Interrupt Enable Indexed Set Register
0xFFFE E038	HIEICR	Host Interrupt Enable Indexed Clear Register
0xFFFE E03C - 0xFFFE E04F	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E050	VBR	Vector Base Register
0xFFFE E054	VSR	Vector Size Register
0xFFFE E058	VNR	Vector Null Register
0xFFFE E05C - 0xFFFE E07F	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E080	GPIR	Global Prioritized Index Register
0xFFFE E084	GPVR	Global Prioritized Vector Register
0xFFFE E088 - 0xFFFE E1FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E200 - 0xFFFE E20B	SRSR[1] - SRSR[3]	System Interrupt Status Raw / Set Registers
0xFFFE E20C- 0xFFFE E27F	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E280 - 0xFFFE E28B	SECR[1] - SECR[3]	System Interrupt Status Enabled / Clear Registers
0xFFFE E28C - 0xFFFE E2FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E300 - 0xFFFE E30B	ESR[1] - ESR[3]	System Interrupt Enable Set Registers
0xFFFE E30C - 0xFFFE E37F	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E380 - 0xFFFE E38B	ECR[1] - ECR[3]	System Interrupt Enable Clear Registers
0xFFFE E38C - 0xFFFE E3FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E400 - 0xFFFE E458	CMR[0] - CMR[22]	Channel Map Registers (Byte Wide Registers)
0xFFFE E459 - 0xFFFE E7FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E800 - 0xFFFE E81F	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E820 - 0xFFFE E8FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE E900 - 0xFFFE E904	HIPIR[1] - HIPIR[2]	Host Interrupt Prioritized Index Registers
0xFFFE E908 - 0xFFFE EEFF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE EF00 - 0xFFFE EF04	-	Reserved
0xFFFE EF08 - 0xFFFE F0FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE F100 - 0xFFFE F104	HINLR[1] - HINLR[2]	Host Interrupt Nesting Level Registers
0xFFFE F108 - 0xFFFE F4FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE F500	HIER	Host Interrupt Enable Register
0xFFFE F504 - 0xFFFE F5FF	-	Reserved
0xFFFE F600	HIPVR[1] - HIPVR[2]	Host Interrupt Prioritized Vector Registers
0xFFFE F608 - 0xFFFE FFFF	-	Reserved

5.8 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO)

The GPIO peripheral provides general-purpose pins that can be configured as either inputs or outputs. When configured as an output, a write to an internal register can control the state driven on the output pin. When configured as an input, the state of the input is detectable by reading the state of an internal register. In addition, the GPIO peripheral can produce CPU interrupts and EDMA events in different interrupt/event generation modes. The GPIO peripheral provides generic connections to external devices. The GPIO pins are grouped into banks of 16 pins per bank (i.e., bank 0 consists of GPIO [0:15]).

The device GPIO peripheral supports the following:

Up to 128 Pins on ZKB package configurable as GPIO
External Interrupt and DMA request Capability
- Every GPIO pin may be configured to generate an interrupt request on detection of rising and/or falling edges on the pin.
- The interrupt requests within each bank are combined (logical or) to create eight unique bank level interrupt requests.
- The bank level interrupt service routine may poll the INTSTATx register for its bank to determine which pin(s) have triggered the interrupt.
- GPIO Banks 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 Interrupts assigned to ARM INTC Interrupt Requests 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, and 49 respectively
- Additionally, GPIO Banks 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 Interrupts assigned to EDMA events 6, 7, 22, 23, 28, and 29 respectively.
Set/clear functionality: Firmware writes 1 to corresponding bit position(s) to set or to clear GPIO signal(s). This allows multiple firmware processes to toggle GPIO output signals without critical section protection (disable interrupts, program GPIO, re-enable interrupts, to prevent context switching to anther process during GPIO programming).
Separate Input/Output registers
Output register in addition to set/clear so that, if preferred by firmware, some GPIO output signals can be toggled by direct write to the output register(s).
Output register, when read, reflects output drive status. This, in addition to the input register reflecting pin status and open-drain I/O cell, allows wired logic be implemented.

The memory map for the GPIO registers is shown in Table 5-8.

5.8.1 GPIO Register Description(s)

Table 5-8 GPIO Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E2 6000	REV	Peripheral Revision Register
0x01E2 6004	-	Reserved
0x01E2 6008	BINTEN	GPIO Interrupt Per-Bank Enable Register
GPIO BANKS 0 AND 1
0x01E2 6010	DIR01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Direction Register
0x01E2 6014	OUT_DATA01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Output Data Register
0x01E2 6018	SET_DATA01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Set Data Register
0x01E2 601C	CLR_DATA01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Clear Data Register
0x01E2 6020	IN_DATA01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Input Data Register
0x01E2 6024	SET_RIS_TRIG01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Set Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6028	CLR_RIS_TRIG01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Clear Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 602C	SET_FAL_TRIG01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Set Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6030	CLR_FAL_TRIG01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Clear Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6034	INTSTAT01	GPIO Banks 0 and 1 Interrupt Status Register
GPIO BANKS 2 AND 3
0x01E2 6038	DIR23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Direction Register
0x01E2 603C	OUT_DATA23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Output Data Register
0x01E2 6040	SET_DATA23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Set Data Register
0x01E2 6044	CLR_DATA23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Clear Data Register
0x01E2 6048	IN_DATA23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Input Data Register
0x01E2 604C	SET_RIS_TRIG23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Set Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6050	CLR_RIS_TRIG23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Clear Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6054	SET_FAL_TRIG23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Set Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6058	CLR_FAL_TRIG23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Clear Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 605C	INTSTAT23	GPIO Banks 2 and 3 Interrupt Status Register
GPIO BANKS 4 AND 5
0x01E2 6060	DIR45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Direction Register
0x01E2 6064	OUT_DATA45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Output Data Register
0x01E2 6068	SET_DATA45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Set Data Register
0x01E2 606C	CLR_DATA45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Clear Data Register
0x01E2 6070	IN_DATA45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Input Data Register
0x01E2 6074	SET_RIS_TRIG45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Set Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6078	CLR_RIS_TRIG45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Clear Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 607C	SET_FAL_TRIG45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Set Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6080	CLR_FAL_TRIG45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Clear Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 6084	INTSTAT45	GPIO Banks 4 and 5 Interrupt Status Register
GPIO BANKS 6 AND 7
0x01E2 6088	DIR67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Direction Register
0x01E2 608C	OUT_DATA67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Output Data Register
0x01E2 6090	SET_DATA67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Set Data Register
0x01E2 6094	CLR_DATA67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Clear Data Register
0x01E2 6098	IN_DATA67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Input Data Register
0x01E2 609C	SET_RIS_TRIG67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Set Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 60A0	CLR_RIS_TRIG67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Clear Rising Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 60A4	SET_FAL_TRIG67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Set Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 60A8	CLR_FAL_TRIG67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Clear Falling Edge Interrupt Register
0x01E2 60AC	INTSTAT67	GPIO Banks 6 and 7 Interrupt Status Register

5.8.2 GPIO Peripheral Input/Output Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-9 Timing Requirements for GPIO Inputs⁽¹⁾ (see Figure 5-10)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_w(GPIH)	Pulse duration, GPn[m] as input high	2C⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		ns
2	t_w(GPIL)	Pulse duration, GPn[m] as input low	2C⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		ns

(1) The pulse width given is sufficient to generate a CPU interrupt or an EDMA event. However, if a user wants to have the device recognize the GPIx changes through software polling of the GPIO register, the GPIx duration must be extended to allow the device enough time to access the GPIO register through the internal bus.

(2) C=SYSCLK4 period in ns.

Table 5-10 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for GPIO Outputs
(see Figure 5-10)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
3	t_w(GPOH)	Pulse duration, GPn[m] as output high	2C⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		ns
4	t_w(GPOL)	Pulse duration, GPn[m] as output low	2C⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		ns

(1) This parameter value should not be used as a maximum performance specification. Actual performance of back-to-back accesses of the GPIO is dependent upon internal bus activity.

(2) C=SYSCLK4 period in ns.

Figure 5-10 GPIO Port Timing

5.8.3 GPIO Peripheral External Interrupts Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-11 Timing Requirements for External Interrupts⁽¹⁾ (see Figure 5-11)

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_w(ILOW)	Width of the external interrupt pulse low		2C⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		ns
2	t_w(IHIGH)	Width of the external interrupt pulse high		2C ⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		ns

(1) The pulse width given is sufficient to generate an interrupt or an EDMA event. However, if a user wants to have device recognize the GPIO changes through software polling of the GPIO register, the GPIO duration must be extended to allow the device enough time to access the GPIO register through the internal bus.

(2) C=SYSCLK4 period in ns.

Figure 5-11 GPIO External Interrupt Timing

5.9 EDMA

Table 5-12 is the list of EDMA3 Channel Contoller Registers and Table 5-13 is the list of EDMA3 Transfer Controller registers.

Table 5-12 EDMA3 Channel Controller (EDMA3CC) Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C0 0000	PID	Peripheral Identification Register
0x01C0 0004	CCCFG	EDMA3CC Configuration Register
GLOBAL REGISTERS
0x01C0 0200	QCHMAP0	QDMA Channel 0 Mapping Register
0x01C0 0204	QCHMAP1	QDMA Channel 1 Mapping Register
0x01C0 0208	QCHMAP2	QDMA Channel 2 Mapping Register
0x01C0 020C	QCHMAP3	QDMA Channel 3 Mapping Register
0x01C0 0210	QCHMAP4	QDMA Channel 4 Mapping Register
0x01C0 0214	QCHMAP5	QDMA Channel 5 Mapping Register
0x01C0 0218	QCHMAP6	QDMA Channel 6 Mapping Register
0x01C0 021C	QCHMAP7	QDMA Channel 7 Mapping Register
0x01C0 0240	DMAQNUM0	DMA Channel Queue Number Register 0
0x01C0 0244	DMAQNUM1	DMA Channel Queue Number Register 1
0x01C0 0248	DMAQNUM2	DMA Channel Queue Number Register 2
0x01C0 024C	DMAQNUM3	DMA Channel Queue Number Register 3
0x01C0 0260	QDMAQNUM	QDMA Channel Queue Number Register
0x01C0 0284	QUEPRI	Queue Priority Register⁽¹⁾
0x01C0 0300	EMR	Event Missed Register
0x01C0 0308	EMCR	Event Missed Clear Register
0x01C0 0310	QEMR	QDMA Event Missed Register
0x01C0 0314	QEMCR	QDMA Event Missed Clear Register
0x01C0 0318	CCERR	EDMA3CC Error Register
0x01C0 031C	CCERRCLR	EDMA3CC Error Clear Register
0x01C0 0320	EEVAL	Error Evaluate Register
0x01C0 0340	DRAE0	DMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 0
0x01C0 0348	DRAE1	DMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 1
0x01C0 0350	DRAE2	DMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 2
0x01C0 0358	DRAE3	DMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 3
0x01C0 0380	QRAE0	QDMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 0
0x01C0 0384	QRAE1	QDMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 1
0x01C0 0388	QRAE2	QDMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 2
0x01C0 038C	QRAE3	QDMA Region Access Enable Register for Region 3
0x01C0 0400 - 0x01C0 043C	Q0E0-Q0E15	Event Queue Entry Registers Q0E0-Q0E15
0x01C0 0440 - 0x01C0 047C	Q1E0-Q1E15	Event Queue Entry Registers Q1E0-Q1E15
0x01C0 0600	QSTAT0	Queue 0 Status Register
0x01C0 0604	QSTAT1	Queue 1 Status Register
0x01C0 0620	QWMTHRA	Queue Watermark Threshold A Register
0x01C0 0640	CCSTAT	EDMA3CC Status Register
GLOBAL CHANNEL REGISTERS
0x01C0 1000	ER	Event Register
0x01C0 1008	ECR	Event Clear Register
0x01C0 1010	ESR	Event Set Register
0x01C0 1018	CER	Chained Event Register
0x01C0 1020	EER	Event Enable Register
0x01C0 1028	EECR	Event Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 1030	EESR	Event Enable Set Register
0x01C0 1038	SER	Secondary Event Register
0x01C0 1040	SECR	Secondary Event Clear Register
0x01C0 1050	IER	Interrupt Enable Register
0x01C0 1058	IECR	Interrupt Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 1060	IESR	Interrupt Enable Set Register
0x01C0 1068	IPR	Interrupt Pending Register
0x01C0 1070	ICR	Interrupt Clear Register
0x01C0 1078	IEVAL	Interrupt Evaluate Register
0x01C0 1080	QER	QDMA Event Register
0x01C0 1084	QEER	QDMA Event Enable Register
0x01C0 1088	QEECR	QDMA Event Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 108C	QEESR	QDMA Event Enable Set Register
0x01C0 1090	QSER	QDMA Secondary Event Register
0x01C0 1094	QSECR	QDMA Secondary Event Clear Register
SHADOW REGION 0 CHANNEL REGISTERS
0x01C0 2000	ER	Event Register
0x01C0 2008	ECR	Event Clear Register
0x01C0 2010	ESR	Event Set Register
0x01C0 2018	CER	Chained Event Register
0x01C0 2020	EER	Event Enable Register
0x01C0 2028	EECR	Event Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 2030	EESR	Event Enable Set Register
0x01C0 2038	SER	Secondary Event Register
0x01C0 2040	SECR	Secondary Event Clear Register
0x01C0 2050	IER	Interrupt Enable Register
0x01C0 2058	IECR	Interrupt Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 2060	IESR	Interrupt Enable Set Register
0x01C0 2068	IPR	Interrupt Pending Register
0x01C0 2070	ICR	Interrupt Clear Register
0x01C0 2078	IEVAL	Interrupt Evaluate Register
0x01C0 2080	QER	QDMA Event Register
0x01C0 2084	QEER	QDMA Event Enable Register
0x01C0 2088	QEECR	QDMA Event Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 208C	QEESR	QDMA Event Enable Set Register
0x01C0 2090	QSER	QDMA Secondary Event Register
0x01C0 2094	QSECR	QDMA Secondary Event Clear Register
SHADOW REGION 1 CHANNEL REGISTERS
0x01C0 2200	ER	Event Register
0x01C0 2208	ECR	Event Clear Register
0x01C0 2210	ESR	Event Set Register
0x01C0 2218	CER	Chained Event Register
0x01C0 2220	EER	Event Enable Register
0x01C0 2228	EECR	Event Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 2230	EESR	Event Enable Set Register
0x01C0 2238	SER	Secondary Event Register
0x01C0 2240	SECR	Secondary Event Clear Register
0x01C0 2250	IER	Interrupt Enable Register
0x01C0 2258	IECR	Interrupt Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 2260	IESR	Interrupt Enable Set Register
0x01C0 2268	IPR	Interrupt Pending Register
0x01C0 2270	ICR	Interrupt Clear Register
0x01C0 2278	IEVAL	Interrupt Evaluate Register
0x01C0 2280	QER	QDMA Event Register
0x01C0 2284	QEER	QDMA Event Enable Register
0x01C0 2288	QEECR	QDMA Event Enable Clear Register
0x01C0 228C	QEESR	QDMA Event Enable Set Register
0x01C0 2290	QSER	QDMA Secondary Event Register
0x01C0 2294	QSECR	QDMA Secondary Event Clear Register
0x01C0 4000 - 0x01C0 4FFF	—	Parameter RAM (PaRAM)

(1) On previous architectures, the EDMA3TC priority was controlled by the queue priority register (QUEPRI) in the EDMA3CC memory-map. However for this device, the priority control for the transfer controllers is controlled by the chip-level registers in the System Configuration Module. You should use the chip-level registers and not QUEPRI to configure the TC priority.

Table 5-13 EDMA3 Transfer Controller (EDMA3TC) Registers

TRANSFER CONTROLLER 0 BYTE ADDRESS	TRANSFER CONTROLLER 1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C0 8000	0x01C0 8400	PID	Peripheral Identification Register
0x01C0 8004	0x01C0 8404	TCCFG	EDMA3TC Configuration Register
0x01C0 8100	0x01C0 8500	TCSTAT	EDMA3TC Channel Status Register
0x01C0 8120	0x01C0 8520	ERRSTAT	Error Status Register
0x01C0 8124	0x01C0 8524	ERREN	Error Enable Register
0x01C0 8128	0x01C0 8528	ERRCLR	Error Clear Register
0x01C0 812C	0x01C0 852C	ERRDET	Error Details Register
0x01C0 8130	0x01C0 8530	ERRCMD	Error Interrupt Command Register
0x01C0 8140	0x01C0 8540	RDRATE	Read Command Rate Register
0x01C0 8240	0x01C0 8640	SAOPT	Source Active Options Register
0x01C0 8244	0x01C0 8644	SASRC	Source Active Source Address Register
0x01C0 8248	0x01C0 8648	SACNT	Source Active Count Register
0x01C0 824C	0x01C0 864C	SADST	Source Active Destination Address Register
0x01C0 8250	0x01C0 8650	SABIDX	Source Active B-Index Register
0x01C0 8254	0x01C0 8654	SAMPPRXY	Source Active Memory Protection Proxy Register
0x01C0 8258	0x01C0 8658	SACNTRLD	Source Active Count Reload Register
0x01C0 825C	0x01C0 865C	SASRCBREF	Source Active Source Address B-Reference Register
0x01C0 8260	0x01C0 8660	SADSTBREF	Source Active Destination Address B-Reference Register
0x01C0 8280	0x01C0 8680	DFCNTRLD	Destination FIFO Set Count Reload Register
0x01C0 8284	0x01C0 8684	DFSRCBREF	Destination FIFO Set Source Address B-Reference Register
0x01C0 8288	0x01C0 8688	DFDSTBREF	Destination FIFO Set Destination Address B-Reference Register
0x01C0 8300	0x01C0 8700	DFOPT0	Destination FIFO Options Register 0
0x01C0 8304	0x01C0 8704	DFSRC0	Destination FIFO Source Address Register 0
0x01C0 8308	0x01C0 8708	DFCNT0	Destination FIFO Count Register 0
0x01C0 830C	0x01C0 870C	DFDST0	Destination FIFO Destination Address Register 0
0x01C0 8310	0x01C0 8710	DFBIDX0	Destination FIFO B-Index Register 0
0x01C0 8314	0x01C0 8714	DFMPPRXY0	Destination FIFO Memory Protection Proxy Register 0
0x01C0 8340	0x01C0 8740	DFOPT1	Destination FIFO Options Register 1
0x01C0 8344	0x01C0 8744	DFSRC1	Destination FIFO Source Address Register 1
0x01C0 8348	0x01C0 8748	DFCNT1	Destination FIFO Count Register 1
0x01C0 834C	0x01C0 874C	DFDST1	Destination FIFO Destination Address Register 1
0x01C0 8350	0x01C0 8750	DFBIDX1	Destination FIFO B-Index Register 1
0x01C0 8354	0x01C0 8754	DFMPPRXY1	Destination FIFO Memory Protection Proxy Register 1
0x01C0 8380	0x01C0 8780	DFOPT2	Destination FIFO Options Register 2
0x01C0 8384	0x01C0 8784	DFSRC2	Destination FIFO Source Address Register 2
0x01C0 8388	0x01C0 8788	DFCNT2	Destination FIFO Count Register 2
0x01C0 838C	0x01C0 878C	DFDST2	Destination FIFO Destination Address Register 2
0x01C0 8390	0x01C0 8790	DFBIDX2	Destination FIFO B-Index Register 2
0x01C0 8394	0x01C0 8794	DFMPPRXY2	Destination FIFO Memory Protection Proxy Register 2
0x01C0 83C0	0x01C0 87C0	DFOPT3	Destination FIFO Options Register 3
0x01C0 83C4	0x01C0 87C4	DFSRC3	Destination FIFO Source Address Register 3
0x01C0 83C8	0x01C0 87C8	DFCNT3	Destination FIFO Count Register 3
0x01C0 83CC	0x01C0 87CC	DFDST3	Destination FIFO Destination Address Register 3
0x01C0 83D0	0x01C0 87D0	DFBIDX3	Destination FIFO B-Index Register 3
0x01C0 83D4	0x01C0 87D4	DFMPPRXY3	Destination FIFO Memory Protection Proxy Register 3

Table 5-14 shows an abbreviation of the set of registers which make up the parameter set for each of 128 EDMA events. Each of the parameter register sets consist of 8 32-bit word entries. Table 5-15 shows the parameter set entry registers with relative memory address locations within each of the parameter sets.

Table 5-14 EDMA Parameter Set RAM

BYTE ADDRESS	DESCRIPTION
0x01C0 4000 - 0x01C0 401F	Parameters Set 0 (8 32-bit words)
0x01C0 4020 - 0x01C0 403F	Parameters Set 1 (8 32-bit words)
0x01C0 4040 - 0x01C0 405F	Parameters Set 2 (8 32-bit words)
0x01C0 4060 - 0x01C0 407F	Parameters Set 3 (8 32-bit words)
0x01C0 4080 - 0x01C0 409F	Parameters Set 4 (8 32-bit words)
0x01C0 40A0 - 0x01C0 40BF	Parameters Set 5 (8 32-bit words)
...	...
0x01C0 4FC0 - 0x01C0 4FDF	Parameters Set 126 (8 32-bit words)
0x01C0 4FE0 - 0x01C0 4FFF	Parameters Set 127 (8 32-bit words)

Table 5-15 Parameter Set Entries

BYTE OFFSET ADDRESS WITHIN THE PARAMETER SET	ACRONYM	PARAMETER ENTRY
0x0000	OPT	Option
0x0004	SRC	Source Address
0x0008	A_B_CNT	A Count, B Count
0x000C	DST	Destination Address
0x0010	SRC_DST_BIDX	Source B Index, Destination B Index
0x0014	LINK_BCNTRLD	Link Address, B Count Reload
0x0018	SRC_DST_CIDX	Source C Index, Destination C Index
0x001C	CCNT	C Count

Table 5-16 EDMA Events

Event	Event Name / Source	Event	Event Name / Source
0	McASP0 Receive	16	MMCSD Receive
1	McASP0 Transmit	17	MMCSD Transmit
2	McASP1 Receive	18	SPI1 Receive
3	McASP1 Transmit	19	SPI1 Transmit
4	McASP2 Receive	20	PRU_EVTOUT6
5	McASP2 Transmit	21	PRU_EVTOUT7
6	GPIO Bank 0 Interrupt	22	GPIO Bank 2 Interrupt
7	GPIO Bank 1 Interrupt	23	GPIO Bank 3 Interrupt
8	UART0 Receive	24	I2C0 Receive
9	UART0 Transmit	25	I2C0 Transmit
10	Timer64P0 Event Out 12	26	I2C1 Receive
11	Timer64P0 Event Out 34	27	I2C1 Transmit
12	UART1 Receive	28	GPIO Bank 4 Interrupt
13	UART1 Transmit	29	GPIO Bank 5 Interrupt
14	SPI0 Receive	30	UART2 Receive
15	SPI0 Transmit	31	UART2 Transmit

5.10 External Memory Interface A (EMIFA)

EMIFA is one of two external memory interfaces supported on the device. It is primarily intended to support asynchronous memory types, such as NAND and NOR flash and Asynchronous SRAM. However the EMIFA also provides a secondary interface to SDRAM.

5.10.1 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Support

EMIFA supports asynchronous:

SRAM memories
NAND Flash memories
NOR Flash memories

The EMIFA data bus width is up to 16-bits on the ZKB package.The device supports up to fifteen address lines and an external wait/interrupt input. Up to four asynchronous chip selects are supported by EMIFA (EMA_CS[5:2]) .

All four chip selects are available on the ZKB package.

Each chip select has the following individually programmable attributes:

Data Bus Width
Read cycle timings: setup, hold, strobe
Write cycle timings: setup, hold, strobe
Bus turn around time
Extended Wait Option With Programmable Timeout
Select Strobe Option
NAND flash controller supports 1-bit and 4-bit ECC calculation on blocks of 512 bytes.

5.10.2 EMIFA Synchronous DRAM Memory Support

The device ZKB package supports 16-bit SDRAM in addition to the asynchronous memories listed in Section 5.10.1. It has a single SDRAM chip select (EMA_CS[0]). SDRAM configurations that are supported are:

One, Two, and Four Bank SDRAM devices
Devices with Eight, Nine, Ten, and Eleven Column Address
CAS Latency of two or three clock cycles
Sixteen Bit Data Bus Width
3.3V LVCMOS Interface

Additionally, the SDRAM interface of EMIFA supports placing the SDRAM in Self Refresh and Powerdown Modes. Self Refresh mode allows the SDRAM to be put into a low power state while still retaining memory contents. Powerdown mode achieves even lower power, except the processor must periodically wake the SDRAM up and issue refreshes if data retention is required.

Finally, note that the EMIFA does not support Mobile SDRAM devices. Table 5-17 below shows the supported SDRAM configurations for EMIFA.

Table 5-17 EMIFA Supported SDRAM Configurations⁽¹⁾

SDRAM Memory Data Bus Width (bits)	Number of Memories	EMIFB Data Bus Size	Rows	Columns	Banks	Total Memory (Mbits)	Total Memory (Mbytes)	Memory Density (Mbits)
16	1	16	13	8	1	32	4	32
	1	16	13	8	2	64	8	64
	1	16	13	8	4	128	16	128
	1	16	13	9	1	64	8	64
	1	16	13	9	2	128	16	128
	1	16	13	9	4	256	32	256
	1	16	13	10	1	128	16	128
	1	16	13	10	2	256	32	256
	1	16	13	10	4	512	64	512
	1	16	13	11	1	256	32	256
	1	16	13	11	2	512	64	512
	1	16	13	11	4	1024	128	1024
8	2	16	13	8	1	32	4	16
	2	16	13	8	2	64	8	32
	2	16	13	8	4	128	16	64
	2	16	13	9	1	64	8	32
	2	16	13	9	2	128	16	64
	2	16	13	9	4	256	32	128
	2	16	13	10	1	128	16	64
	2	16	13	10	2	256	32	128
	2	16	13	10	4	512	64	256
	2	16	13	11	1	256	32	128
	2	16	13	11	2	512	64	256
	2	16	13	11	4	1024	128	512

(1) The shaded cells indicate configurations that are possible on the EMIFA interface but as of this writing SDRAM memories capable of supporting these densities are not available in the market.

5.10.3 EMIFA SDRAM Loading Limitations

EMIFA supports SDRAM up to 100 MHz with up to two SDRAM or asynchronous memory loads. Additional loads will limit the SDRAM operation to lower speeds and the maximum speed should be confirmed by board simulation using IBIS models.

5.10.4 EMIFA Connection Examples

Figure 5-12 illustrates an example of how SDRAM, NOR, and NAND flash devices might be connected to EMIFA of a AM1707 device simultaneously. The SDRAM chip select must be EMA_CS[0]. Note that the NOR flash is connected to EMA_CS[2] and the NAND flash is connected to EMA_CS[3] in this example. Note that any type of asynchronous memory may be connected to EMA_CS[5:2].

The on-chip bootloader makes some assumptions on which chip select the contains the boot image, and this depends on the boot mode. For NOR boot mode; the on-chip bootloader requires that the image be stored in NOR flash on EMA_CS[2]. For NAND boot mode, the bootloader requires that the boot image is stored in NAND flash on EMA_CS[3]. It is always possible to have the image span multiple chip selects, but this must be supported by second stage boot code stored in the external flash.

A likely use case with more than one EMIFA chip select used for NAND flash is illustrated in Figure 5-13. This figure shows how two multiplane NAND flash devices with two chip selects each would connect to the EMIFA. In this case if NAND is the boot memory, then the boot image needs to be stored in the NAND area selected by EMA_CS[3]. Part of the application image could spill over into the NAND regions selected by other EMIFA chip selects; but would rely on the code stored in the EMA_CS[3] area to bootload it.

Figure 5-12 AM1707 Connection Diagram: SDRAM, NOR, NAND

Figure 5-13 AM1707 EMIFA Connection Diagram: Multiple NAND Flash Planes

5.10.5 External Memory Interface A (EMIFA) Registers

Table 5-18 is a list of the EMIF registers.

Table 5-18 External Memory Interface (EMIFA) Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x6800 0000	MIDR	Module ID Register
0x6800 0004	AWCC	Asynchronous Wait Cycle Configuration Register
0x6800 0008	SDCR	SDRAM Configuration Register
0x6800 000C	SDRCR	SDRAM Refresh Control Register
0x6800 0010	CE2CFG	Asynchronous 1 Configuration Register
0x6800 0014	CE3CFG	Asynchronous 2 Configuration Register
0x6800 0018	CE4CFG	Asynchronous 3 Configuration Register
0x6800 001C	CE5CFG	Asynchronous 4 Configuration Register
0x6800 0020	SDTIMR	SDRAM Timing Register
0x6800 003C	SDSRETR	SDRAM Self Refresh Exit Timing Register
0x6800 0040	INTRAW	EMIFA Interrupt Raw Register
0x6800 0044	INTMSK	EMIFA Interrupt Mask Register
0x6800 0048	INTMSKSET	EMIFA Interrupt Mask Set Register
0x6800 004C	INTMSKCLR	EMIFA Interrupt Mask Clear Register
0x6800 0060	NANDFCR	NAND Flash Control Register
0x6800 0064	NANDFSR	NAND Flash Status Register
0x6800 0070	NANDF1ECC	NAND Flash 1 ECC Register (CS2 Space)
0x6800 0074	NANDF2ECC	NAND Flash 2 ECC Register (CS3 Space)
0x6800 0078	NANDF3ECC	NAND Flash 3 ECC Register (CS4 Space)
0x6800 007C	NANDF4ECC	NAND Flash 4 ECC Register (CS5 Space)
0x6800 00BC	NAND4BITECCLOAD	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Load Register
0x6800 00C0	NAND4BITECC1	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Register 1
0x6800 00C4	NAND4BITECC2	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Register 2
0x6800 00C8	NAND4BITECC3	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Register 3
0x6800 00CC	NAND4BITECC4	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Register 4
0x6800 00D0	NANDERRADD1	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Error Address Register 1
0x6800 00D4	NANDERRADD2	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Error Address Register 2
0x6800 00D8	NANDERRVAL1	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Error Value Register 1
0x6800 00DC	NANDERRVAL2	NAND Flash 4-Bit ECC Error Value Register 2

5.10.6 EMIFA Electrical Data/Timing

The following assume testing over recommended operating conditions.

Table 5-19 EMIFA SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements

No.	PARAMETER					MIN	MAX	UNIT
19	t_su(DV-CLKH)		Input setup time, read data valid on EMA_D[15:0] before EMA_CLK rising			1.3		ns
20	t_h(CLKH-DIV)		Input hold time, read data valid on EMA_D[15:0] after EMA_CLK rising			1.5		ns

Table 5-20 EMIFA SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_c(CLK)	Cycle time, EMIF clock EMA_CLK	10		ns
2	t_w(CLK)	Pulse width, EMIF clock EMA_CLK high or low	3		ns
3	t_d(CLKH-CSV)	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_CS[0] valid		7	ns
4	t_{oh(CLKH-CSIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_CS[0] invalid	1		ns
5	t_d(CLKH-DQMV)	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_WE_DQM[1:0] valid		7	ns
6	t_{oh(CLKH-DQMIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_WE_DQM[1:0] invalid	1		ns
7	t_d(CLKH-AV)	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_A[12:0] and EMA_BA[1:0] valid		7	ns
8	t_oh(CLKH-AIV)	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_A[12:0] and EMA_BA[1:0] invalid	1		ns
9	t_d(CLKH-DV)	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_D[15:0] valid		7	ns
10	t_oh(CLKH-DIV)	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_D[15:0] invalid	1		ns
11	t_d(CLKH-RASV)	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_RAS valid		7	ns
12	t_{oh(CLKH-RASIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_RAS invalid	1		ns
13	t_d(CLKH-CASV)	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_CAS valid		7	ns
14	t_{oh(CLKH-CASIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_CAS invalid	1		ns
15	t_d(CLKH-WEV)	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_WE valid		7	ns
16	t_{oh(CLKH-WEIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_WE invalid	1		ns
17	t_{dis(CLKH-DHZ)}	Delay time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_D[15:0] 3-stated		7	ns
18	t_{ena(CLKH-DLZ)}	Output hold time, EMA_CLK rising to EMA_D[15:0] driving	1		ns

Table 5-21 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	UNIT
READS and WRITES
E	t_c(CLK)	Cycle time, EMIFA module clock	10	ns
2	t_{w(EM_WAIT)}	Pulse duration, EM_WAIT assertion and deassertion	2E	ns
READS
12	t_{su(EMDV-EMOEH)}	Setup time, EM_D[15:0] valid before EM_OE high	3	ns
13	t_{h(EMOEH-EMDIV)}	Hold time, EM_D[15:0] valid after EM_OE high	0	ns
14	t_su_{(EMOEL-EMWAIT)}	Setup Time, EM_WAIT asserted before end of Strobe Phase⁽²⁾	4E+3	ns
WRITES
28	t_su_{(EMWEL-EMWAIT)}	Setup Time, EM_WAIT asserted before end of Strobe Phase⁽²⁾	4E+3	ns

(1) E = EMA_CLK period or in ns. EMA_CLK is selected either as SYSCLK3 or the PLL output clock divided by 4.5. As an example, when SYSCLK3 is selected and set to 100MHz, E=10ns.

(2) Setup before end of STROBE phase (if no extended wait states are inserted) by which EM_WAIT must be asserted to add extended wait states. Figure 5-18 and Figure 5-19 describe EMIF transactions that include extended wait states inserted during the STROBE phase. However, cycles inserted as part of this extended wait period should not be counted; the 4E requirement is to the start of where the HOLD phase would begin if there were no extended wait cycles.

Table 5-22 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾⁽³⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	NOM	MAX	UNIT
READS and WRITES
1	t_{d(TURNAROUND)}	Turn around time	(TA)*E - 3	(TA)*E	(TA)*E + 3	ns
READS
3	t_c(EMRCYCLE)	EMIF read cycle time (EW = 0)	(RS+RST+RH)*E - 3	(RS+RST+RH)*E	(RS+RST+RH)*E + 3	ns
3	t_c(EMRCYCLE)	EMIF read cycle time (EW = 1)	(RS+RST+RH+EWC)*E - 3	(RS+RST+RH+EWC)*E	(RS+RST+RH+EWC)*E + 3	ns
4	t_{su(EMCEL-EMOEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_CE[5:2] low to EMA_OE low (SS = 0)	(RS)*E-3	(RS)*E	(RS)*E+3	ns
4	t_{su(EMCEL-EMOEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_CE[5:2] low to EMA_OE low (SS = 1)	-3	0	+3	ns
5	t_{h(EMOEH-EMCEH)}	Output hold time, EMA_OE high to EMA_CE[5:2] high (SS = 0)	(RH)*E - 3	(RH)*E	(RH)*E + 3	ns
5	t_{h(EMOEH-EMCEH)}	Output hold time, EMA_OE high to EMA_CE[5:2] high (SS = 1)	-3	0	+3	ns
6	t_{su(EMBAV-EMOEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_BA[1:0] valid to EMA_OE low	(RS)*E-3	(RS)*E	(RS)*E+3	ns
7	t_{h(EMOEH-EMBAIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_OE high to EMA_BA[1:0] invalid	(RH)*E-3	(RH)*E	(RH)*E+3	ns
8	t_{su(EMBAV-EMOEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_A[13:0] valid to EMA_OE low	(RS)*E-3	(RS)*E	(RS)*E+3	ns
9	t_{h(EMOEH-EMAIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_OE high to EMA_A[13:0] invalid	(RH)*E-3	(RH)*E	(RH)*E+3	ns
10	t_w(EMOEL)	EMA_OE active low width (EW = 0)	(RST)*E-3	(RST)*E	(RST)*E+3	ns
10	t_w(EMOEL)	EMA_OE active low width (EW = 1)	(RST+EWC)*E-3	(RST+EWC)*E	(RST+EWC)*E+3	ns
11	t_{d(EMWAITH-EMOEH)}	Delay time from EMA_WAIT deasserted to EMA_OE high	3E-3	4E	4E+3	ns
WRITES
15	t_c(EMWCYCLE)	EMIF write cycle time (EW = 0)	(WS+WST+WH)*E-3	(WS+WST+WH)*E	(WS+WST+WH)*E+3	ns
15	t_c(EMWCYCLE)	EMIF write cycle time (EW = 1)	(WS+WST+WH+EWC)*E - 3	(WS+WST+WH+EWC)*E	(WS+WST+WH+EWC)*E + 3	ns
16	t_{su(EMCEL-EMWEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_CE[5:2] low to EMA_WE low (SS = 0)	(WS)*E - 3	(WS)*E	(WS)*E + 3	ns
16	t_{su(EMCEL-EMWEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_CE[5:2] low to EMA_WE low (SS = 1)	-3	0	+3	ns
17	t_{h(EMWEH-EMCEH)}	Output hold time, EMA_WE high to EMA_CE[5:2] high (SS = 0)	(WH)*E-3	(WH)*E	(WH)*E+3	ns
17	t_{h(EMWEH-EMCEH)}	Output hold time, EMA_WE high to EMA_CE[5:2] high (SS = 1)	-3	0	+3	ns
18	t_{su(EMDQMV-EMWEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_BA[1:0] valid to EMA_WE low	(WS)*E-3	(WS)*E	(WS)*E+3	ns
19	t_{h(EMWEH-EMDQMIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_WE high to EMA_BA[1:0] invalid	(WH)*E-3	(WH)*E	(WH)*E+3	ns
20	t_{su(EMBAV-EMWEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_BA[1:0] valid to EMA_WE low	(WS)*E-3	(WS)*E	(WS)*E+3	ns
21	t_{h(EMWEH-EMBAIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_WE high to EMA_BA[1:0] invalid	(WH)*E-3	(WH)*E	(WH)*E+3	ns
22	t_{su(EMAV-EMWEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_A[13:0] valid to EMA_WE low	(WS)*E-3	(WS)*E	(WS)*E+3	ns
23	t_{h(EMWEH-EMAIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_WE high to EMA_A[13:0] invalid	(WH)*E-3	(WH)*E	(WH)*E+3	ns
24	t_w(EMWEL)	EMA_WE active low width (EW = 0)	(WST)*E-3	(WST)*E	(WST)*E+3	ns
24	t_w(EMWEL)	EMA_WE active low width (EW = 1)	(WST+EWC)*E-3	(WST+EWC)*E	(WST+EWC)*E+3	ns
25	t_{d(EMWAITH-EMWEH)}	Delay time from EMA_WAIT deasserted to EMA_WE high	3E-3	4E	4E+3	ns
26	t_{su(EMDV-EMWEL)}	Output setup time, EMA_D[15:0] valid to EMA_WE low	(WS)*E-3	(WS)*E	(WS)*E+3	ns
27	t_{h(EMWEH-EMDIV)}	Output hold time, EMA_WE high to EMA_D[15:0] invalid	(WH)*E-3	(WH)*E	(WH)*E+3	ns

(1) TA = Turn around, RS = Read setup, RST = Read strobe, RH = Read hold, WS = Write setup, WST = Write strobe, WH = Write hold, MEWC = Maximum external wait cycles. These parameters are programmed via the Asynchronous Bank and Asynchronous Wait Cycle Configuration Registers. These support the following range of values: TA[4-1], RS[16-1], RST[64-1], RH[8-1], WS[16-1], WST[64-1], WH[8-1], and MEW[1-256].

(2) E = EMA_CLK period or in ns. EMA_CLK is selected either as SYSCLK3 or the PLL output clock divided by 4.5. As an example, when SYSCLK3 is selected and set to 100MHz, E=10ns.

(3) EWC = external wait cycles determined by EMA_WAIT input signal. EWC supports the following range of values EWC[256-1]. Note that the maximum wait time before timeout is specified by bit field MEWC in the Asynchronous Wait Cycle Configuration Register.

Figure 5-14 EMIFA Basic SDRAM Write Operation

Figure 5-15 EMIFA Basic SDRAM Read Operation

Figure 5-16 Asynchronous Memory Read Timing for EMIFA

Figure 5-17 Asynchronous Memory Write Timing for EMIFA

Figure 5-18 EMA_WAIT Read Timing Requirements

Figure 5-19 EMA_WAIT Write Timing Requirements

5.11 External Memory Interface B (EMIFB)

The following EMIFB Functional Block Diagram illustrates a high-level view of the EMIFB and its connections within the device. Multiple requesters have access to EMIFB through a switched central resource (indicated as an overbar in the figure). The EMIFB implements a split transaction internal bus, allowing concurrence between reads and writes from the various requesters.

Figure 5-20 EMIFB Functional Block Diagram

EMIFB supports a 3.3V LVCMOS Interface.

5.11.1 EMIFB SDRAM Loading Limitations

EMIFB supports SDRAM up to 152 MHz with up to two SDRAM or asynchronous memory loads. Additional loads will limit the SDRAM operation to lower speeds and the maximum speed should be confirmed by board simulation using IBIS models.

5.11.2 Interfacing to SDRAM

The EMIFB supports a glueless interface to SDRAM devices with the following characteristics:

Pre-charge bit is A[10]
Supports 8, 9, 10 or 11 column address bits
Supports up to 13 row address bits
Supports 1, 2 or 4 internal banks

Table 5-23 shows the supported SDRAM configurations for EMIFB.

Table 5-23 EMIFB Supported SDRAM Configurations⁽¹⁾

SDRAM Memory Data Bus Width (bits)	Number of Memories	EMIFB Data Bus Size	Rows	Columns	Banks	Total Memory (Mbits)	Total Memory (Mbytes)	Memory Density (Mbits)
32	1	32	13	8	1	64	8	64
	1	32	13	8	2	128	16	128
	1	32	13	8	4	256	32	256
	1	32	13	9	1	128	16	128
	1	32	13	9	2	256	32	256
	1	32	13	9	4	512	64	512
	1	32	13	10	1	256	32	256
	1	32	13	10	2	512	64	512
	1	32	13	10	4	1024	128	1024
	1	32	13	11	1	512	64	512
	1	32	13	11	2	1024	128	1024
	1	32	13	11	4	2048	256	2048
16	2	32	13	8	1	64	8	32
	2	32	13	8	2	128	16	64
	2	32	13	8	4	256	32	128
	2	32	13	9	1	128	16	64
	2	32	13	9	2	256	32	128
	2	32	13	9	4	512	64	256
	2	32	13	10	1	256	32	128
	2	32	13	10	2	512	64	256
	2	32	13	10	4	1024	128	512
	2	32	13	11	1	512	64	256
	2	32	13	11	2	1024	128	512
	2	32	13	11	4	2048	256	1024

(1) The shaded cells indicate configurations that are possible on the EMIFB interface but as of this writing SDRAM memories capable of supporting these densities are not available in the market.

Figure 5-21 shows an interface between the EMIFB and a 2M × 16 × 4 bank SDRAM device. In addition, Figure 5-22 shows an interface between the EMIFB and a 2M × 32 × 4 bank SDRAM device and Figure 5-23 shows an interface between the EMIFB and two 4M × 16 × 4 bank SDRAM devices. Refer to Table 5-24 , as an example that shows additional list of commonly-supported SDRAM devices and the required connections for the address pins. Note that in Table 5-24, page size/column size (not indicated in the table) is varied to get the required addressability range.

Figure 5-21 EMIFB to 2M × 16 × 4 bank SDRAM Interface

Figure 5-22 EMIFB to 2M × 32 × 4 bank SDRAM Interface

Figure 5-23 EMIFB to Dual 4M × 16 × 4 bank SDRAM Interface

Table 5-24 Example of 16/32-bit EMIFB Address Pin Connections

SDRAM Size	Width	Banks		Address Pins
64M bits	×16	4	SDRAM	A[11:0]
	×16	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[11:0]
	×32	4	SDRAM	A[10:0]
	×32	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[10:0]
128M bits	×16	4	SDRAM	A[11:0]
	×16	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[11:0]
	×32	4	SDRAM	A[11:0]
	×32	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[11:0]
256M bits	×16	4	SDRAM	A[12:0]
	×16	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[12:0]
	×32	4	SDRAM	A[11:0]
	×32	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[11:0]
512M bits	×16	4	SDRAM	A[12:0]
	×16	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[12:0]
	×32	4	SDRAM	A[12:0]
	×32	4	EMIFB	EMB_A[12:0]

5.11.3 EMIFB Registers

Table 5-25 is a list of the EMIFB registers.

Table 5-25 EMIFB Controller Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0xB000 0000	MIDR	Module ID Register
0xB000 0008	SDCFG	SDRAM Configuration Register
0xB000 000C	SDRFC	SDRAM Refresh Control Register
0xB000 0010	SDTIM1	SDRAM Timing Register 1
0xB000 0014	SDTIM2	SDRAM Timing Register 2
0xB000 001C	SDCFG2	SDRAM Configuration 2 Register
0xB000 0020	BPRIO	Peripheral Bus Burst Priority Register
0xB000 0040	PC1	Performance Counter 1 Register
0xB000 0044	PC2	Performance Counter 2 Register
0xB000 0048	PCC	Performance Counter Configuration Register
0xB000 004C	PCMRS	Performance Counter Master Region Select Register
0xB000 0050	PCT	Performance Counter Time Register
0xB000 00C0	IRR	Interrupt Raw Register
0xB000 00C4	IMR	Interrupt Mask Register
0xB000 00C8	IMSR	Interrupt Mask Set Register
0xB000 00CC	IMCR	Interrupt Mask Clear Register

5.11.4 EMIFB Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-26 EMIFB SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements

NO.			CVDD = 1.3 V⁽¹⁾		CVDD = 1.2V⁽²⁾		UNIT
NO.			MIN	MAX	MIN	MAX	UNIT
19	t_(DV-CLKH)	Input setup time, read data valid on EMB_D[31:0] before EMB_CLK rising	0.59		0.8		ns
20	t_h(CLKH-DIV)	Input hold time, read data valid on EMB_D[31:0] after EMB_CLK rising	1.25		1.5		ns

(1) Commercial (default), Industrial and Extended temperature range rated devices for 456 MHz max CPU operating frequency as applicable to the device

(2) Commercial (default), Industrial, Extended and Automotive temperature range rated devices for 400/375/300/266/200 MHz max CPU operating frequencies as applicable to the device

Table 5-27 EMIFB SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics for Commercial (Default) Temperature Range

NO.	PARAMETER		CVDD = 1.3 V⁽¹⁾		CVDD = 1.2V⁽²⁾		UNIT
NO.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_c(CLK)	Cycle time, EMIF clock EMB_CLK	6.579		7.5		ns
2	t_w(CLK)	Pulse width, EMIF clock EMB_CLK high or low	2.63		3		ns
3	t_d(CLKH-CSV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CS[0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
4	t_{oh(CLKH-CSIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CS[0] invalid	1.1		1.1		ns
5	t_d(CLKH-DQMV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE_DQM[3:0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
6	t_{oh(CLKH-DQMIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE_DQM[3:0] invalid	1.1		1.1		ns
7	t_d(CLKH-AV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_A[12:0] and EMB_BA[1:0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
8	t_oh(CLKH-AIV)	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_A[12:0] and EMB_BA[1:0] invalid	1.1		1.1		ns
9	t_d(CLKH-DV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
10	t_oh(CLKH-DIV)	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] invalid	1.1		1.1		ns
11	t_d(CLKH-RASV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_RAS valid		4.25		5.1	ns
12	t_{oh(CLKH-RASIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_RAS invalid	1.1		1.1		ns
13	t_d(CLKH-CASV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CAS valid		4.25		5.1	ns
14	t_{oh(CLKH-CASIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CAS invalid	1.1		1.1		ns
15	t_d(CLKH-WEV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE valid		4.25		5.1	ns
16	t_{oh(CLKH-WEIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE invalid	1.1		1.1		ns
17	t_{dis(CLKH-DHZ)}	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] tri-stated		4.25		5.1	ns
18	t_(CLKH-DLZ)	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] driving	1.1		1.1		ns

(1) Commercial (default) temperature range rated devices for 456 MHz max CPU operating frequency as applicable to the device

(2) Commercial (default) temperature range rated devices for 400/375/300/266/200 MHz max CPU operating frequencies as applicable to the device

Table 5-28 EMIFB SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics for Industrial, Extended, and Automotive Temperature Ranges

NO.	PARAMETER		CVDD = 1.3 V⁽¹⁾		CVDD = 1.2V⁽²⁾		UNIT
NO.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_c(CLK)	Cycle time, EMIF clock EMB_CLK	6.579		7.5		ns
2	t_w(CLK)	Pulse width, EMIF clock EMB_CLK high or low	2.63		3		ns
3	t_d(CLKH-CSV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CS[0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
4	t_{oh(CLKH-CSIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CS[0] invalid	1.1		0.9		ns
5	t_d(CLKH-DQMV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE_DQM[3:0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
6	t_{oh(CLKH-DQMIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE_DQM[3:0] invalid	1.1		0.9		ns
7	t_d(CLKH-AV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_A[12:0] and EMB_BA[1:0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
8	t_oh(CLKH-AIV)	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_A[12:0] and EMB_BA[1:0] invalid	1.1		0.9		ns
9	t_d(CLKH-DV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] valid		4.25		5.1	ns
10	t_oh(CLKH-DIV)	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] invalid	1.1		0.9		ns
11	t_d(CLKH-RASV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_RAS valid		4.25		5.1	ns
12	t_{oh(CLKH-RASIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_RAS invalid	1.1		0.9		ns
13	t_d(CLKH-CASV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CAS valid		4.25		5.1	ns
14	t_{oh(CLKH-CASIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_CAS invalid	1.1		0.9		ns
15	t_d(CLKH-WEV)	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE valid		4.25		5.1	ns
16	t_{oh(CLKH-WEIV)}	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_WE invalid	1.1		0.9		ns
17	t_{dis(CLKH-DHZ)}	Delay time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] tri-stated		4.25		5.1	ns
18	t_(CLKH-DLZ)	Output hold time, EMB_CLK rising to EMB_D[31:0] driving	1.1		0.9		ns

(1) Industrial temperature range rated devices for 456 MHz max CPU operating frequency as applicable to the device

(2) Industrial, Extended and Automotive temperature range rated devices for 400/375/300/266/200 MHz max CPU operating frequencies as applicable to the device

Figure 5-24 EMIFB Basic SDRAM Write Operation

Figure 5-25 EMIFB Basic SDRAM Read Operation

5.12 Memory Protection Units

The MPU performs memory protection checking. It receives requests from a bus master in the system and checks the address against the fixed and programmable regions to see if the access is allowed. If allowed, the transfer is passed unmodified to its output bus (to the targeted address). If the transfer is illegal (fails the protection check) then the MPU does not pass the transfer to the output bus but rather services the transfer internally back to the input bus (to prevent a hang) returning the fault status to the requestor as well as generating an interrupt about the fault. The following features are supported by the MPU:

Provides memory protection for fixed and programmable address ranges
Supports multiple programmable address region
Supports secure and debug access privileges
Supports read, write, and execute access privileges
Supports privid(8) associations with ranges
Generates an interrupt when there is a protection violation, and saves violating transfer parameters
MMR access is also protected

Table 5-29 MPU1 Configuration Registers

MPU1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E1 4000	REVID	Revision ID
0x01E1 4004	CONFIG	Configuration
0x01E1 4010	IRAWSTAT	Interrupt raw status/set
0x01E1 4014	IENSTAT	Interrupt enable status/clear
0x01E1 4018	IENSET	Interrupt enable
0x01E1 401C	IENCLR	Interrupt enable clear
0x01E1 4020 - 0x01E1 41FF	-	Reserved
0x01E1 4200	PROG1_MPSAR	Programmable range 1, start address
0x01E1 4204	PROG1_MPEAR	Programmable range 1, end address
0x01E1 4208	PROG1_MPPA	Programmable range 1, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 420C - 0x01E1 420F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 4210	PROG2_MPSAR	Programmable range 2, start address
0x01E1 4214	PROG2_MPEAR	Programmable range 2, end address
0x01E1 4218	PROG2_MPPA	Programmable range 2, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 421C - 0x01E1 421F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 4220	PROG3_MPSAR	Programmable range 3, start address
0x01E1 4224	PROG3_MPEAR	Programmable range 3, end address
0x01E1 4228	PROG3_MPPA	Programmable range 3, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 422C - 0x01E1 422F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 4230	PROG4_MPSAR	Programmable range 4, start address
0x01E1 4234	PROG4_MPEAR	Programmable range 4, end address
0x01E1 4238	PROG4_MPPA	Programmable range 4, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 423C - 0x01E1 423F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 4240	PROG5_MPSAR	Programmable range 5, start address
0x01E1 4244	PROG5_MPEAR	Programmable range 5, end address
0x01E1 4248	PROG5_MPPA	Programmable range 5, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 424C - 0x01E1 424F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 4250	PROG6_MPSAR	Programmable range 6, start address
0x01E1 4254	PROG6_MPEAR	Programmable range 6, end address
0x01E1 4258	PROG6_MPPA	Programmable range 6, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 425C - 0x01E1 42FF	-	Reserved
0x01E14300	FLTADDRR	Fault address
0x01E1 4304	FLTSTAT	Fault status
0x01E1 4308	FLTCLR	Fault clear
0x01E1 430C - 0x01E1 4FFF	-	Reserved

Table 5-30 MPU2 Configuration Registers

MPU2 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E1 5000	REVID	Revision ID
0x01E1 5004	CONFIG	Configuration
0x01E1 5010	IRAWSTAT	Interrupt raw status/set
0x01E1 5014	IENSTAT	Interrupt enable status/clear
0x01E1 5018	IENSET	Interrupt enable
0x01E1 501C	IENCLR	Interrupt enable clear
0x01E1 5020 - 0x01E1 50FF	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5100	FXD_MPSAR	Fixed range start address
0x01E1 5104	FXD_MPEAR	Fixed range end start address
0x01E1 5108	FXD_MPPA	Fixed range memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 510C - 0x01E1 51FF	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5200	PROG1_MPSAR	Programmable range 1, start address
0x01E1 5204	PROG1_MPEAR	Programmable range 1, end address
0x01E1 5208	PROG1_MPPA	Programmable range 1, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 520C - 0x01E1 520F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5210	PROG2_MPSAR	Programmable range 2, start address
0x01E1 5214	PROG2_MPEAR	Programmable range 2, end address
0x01E1 5218	PROG2_MPPA	Programmable range 2, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 521C - 0x01E1 521F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5220	PROG3_MPSAR	Programmable range 3, start address
0x01E1 5224	PROG3_MPEAR	Programmable range 3, end address
0x01E1 5228	PROG3_MPPA	Programmable range 3, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 522C - 0x01E1 522F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5230	PROG4_MPSAR	Programmable range 4, start address
0x01E1 5234	PROG4_MPEAR	Programmable range 4, end address
0x01E1 5238	PROG4_MPPA	Programmable range 4, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 523C - 0x01E1 523F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5240	PROG5_MPSAR	Programmable range 5, start address
0x01E1 5244	PROG5_MPEAR	Programmable range 5, end address
0x01E1 5248	PROG5_MPPA	Programmable range 5, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 524C - 0x01E1 524F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5250	PROG6_MPSAR	Programmable range 6, start address
0x01E1 5254	PROG6_MPEAR	Programmable range 6, end address
0x01E1 5258	PROG6_MPPA	Programmable range 6, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 525C - 0x01E1 525F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5260	PROG7_MPSAR	Programmable range 7, start address
0x01E1 5264	PROG7_MPEAR	Programmable range 7, end address
0x01E1 5268	PROG7_MPPA	Programmable range 7, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 526C - 0x01E1 526F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5270	PROG8_MPSAR	Programmable range 8, start address
0x01E1 5274	PROG8_MPEAR	Programmable range 8, end address
0x01E1 5278	PROG8_MPPA	Programmable range 8, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 527C - 0x01E1 527F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5280	PROG9_MPSAR	Programmable range 9, start address
0x01E1 5284	PROG9_MPEAR	Programmable range 9, end address
0x01E1 5288	PROG9_MPPA	Programmable range 9, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 528C - 0x01E1 528F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5290	PROG10_MPSAR	Programmable range 10, start address
0x01E1 5294	PROG10_MPEAR	Programmable range 10, end address
0x01E1 5298	PROG10_MPPA	Programmable range 10, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 529C - 0x01E1 529F	-	Reserved
0x01E1 52A0	PROG11_MPSAR	Programmable range 11, start address
0x01E1 52A4	PROG11_MPEAR	Programmable range 11, end address
0x01E1 52A8	PROG11_MPPA	Programmable range 11, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 52AC - 0x01E1 52AF	-	Reserved
0x01E1 52B0	PROG12_MPSAR	Programmable range 12, start address
0x01E1 52B4	PROG12_MPEAR	Programmable range 12, end address
0x01E1 52B8	PROG12_MPPA	Programmable range 12, memory page protection attributes
0x01E1 52BC - 0x01E1 52FF	-	Reserved
0x01E1 5300	FLTADDRR	Fault address
0x01E1 5304	FLTSTAT	Fault status
0x01E1 5308	FLTCLR	Fault clear
0x01E1 530C - 0x01E1 5FFF	-	Reserved

5.13 MMC / SD / SDIO (MMCSD)

5.13.1 MMCSD Peripheral Description

The device includes an MMCSD controller which is compliant with MMC V4.0, Secure Digital Part 1 Physical Layer Specification V1.1 and Secure Digital Input Output (SDIO) V2.0 specifications.

The MMC/SD Controller has following features:

MultiMediaCard (MMC) support
Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card support
MMC/SD protocol support
SD high capacity support
SDIO protocol support
Programmable clock frequency
512 bit Read/Write FIFO to lower system overhead
Slave EDMA transfer capability

The device MMC/SD Controller does not support SPI mode.

5.13.2 MMCSD Peripheral Register Description(s)

Table 5-31 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Card Controller Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C4 0000	MMCCTL	MMC Control Register
0x01C4 0004	MMCCLK	MMC Memory Clock Control Register
0x01C4 0008	MMCST0	MMC Status Register 0
0x01C4 000C	MMCST1	MMC Status Register 1
0x01C4 0010	MMCIM	MMC Interrupt Mask Register
0x01C4 0014	MMCTOR	MMC Response Time-Out Register
0x01C4 0018	MMCTOD	MMC Data Read Time-Out Register
0x01C4 001C	MMCBLEN	MMC Block Length Register
0x01C4 0020	MMCNBLK	MMC Number of Blocks Register
0x01C4 0024	MMCNBLC	MMC Number of Blocks Counter Register
0x01C4 0028	MMCDRR	MMC Data Receive Register
0x01C4 002C	MMCDXR	MMC Data Transmit Register
0x01C4 0030	MMCCMD	MMC Command Register
0x01C4 0034	MMCARGHL	MMC Argument Register
0x01C4 0038	MMCRSP01	MMC Response Register 0 and 1
0x01C4 003C	MMCRSP23	MMC Response Register 2 and 3
0x01C4 0040	MMCRSP45	MMC Response Register 4 and 5
0x01C4 0044	MMCRSP67	MMC Response Register 6 and 7
0x01C4 0048	MMCDRSP	MMC Data Response Register
0x01C4 0050	MMCCIDX	MMC Command Index Register
0x01C4 0064	SDIOCTL	SDIO Control Register
0x01C4 0068	SDIOST0	SDIO Status Register 0
0x01C4 006C	SDIOIEN	SDIO Interrupt Enable Register
0x01C4 0070	SDIOIST	SDIO Interrupt Status Register
0x01C4 0074	MMCFIFOCTLπ	MMC FIFO Control Register

5.13.3 MMC/SD Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-32 Timing Requirements for MMC/SD Module
(see Figure 5-27 and Figure 5-29)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	UNIT
1	t_{su(CMDV-CLKH)}	Setup time, MMCSD_CMD valid before MMCSD_CLK high	3.2	ns
2	t_h(CLKH-CMDV)	Hold time, MMCSD_CMD valid after MMCSD_CLK high	1.5	ns
3	t_{su(DATV-CLKH)}	Setup time, MMCSD_DATx valid before MMCSD_CLK high	3.2	ns
4	t_h(CLKH-DATV)	Hold time, MMCSD_DATx valid after MMCSD_CLK high	1.5	ns

Table 5-33 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for MMC/SD Module (see Figure 5-26 through Figure 5-29)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
7	f_(CLK)	Operating frequency, MMCSD_CLK	0	52	MHz
8	f_{(CLK_ID)}	Identification mode frequency, MMCSD_CLK	0	400	KHz
9	t_W(CLKL)	Pulse width, MMCSD_CLK low	6.5		ns
10	t_W(CLKH)	Pulse width, MMCSD_CLK high	6.5		ns
11	t_r(CLK)	Rise time, MMCSD_CLK		3	ns
12	t_f(CLK)	Fall time, MMCSD_CLK		3	ns
13	t_d(CLKL-CMD)	Delay time, MMCSD_CLK low to MMCSD_CMD transition	-4.5	2.5	ns
14	t_d(CLKL-DAT)	Delay time, MMCSD_CLK low to MMCSD_DATx transition	-4.5	2.5	ns

Figure 5-26 MMC/SD Host Command Timing

Figure 5-27 MMC/SD Card Response Timing

Figure 5-28 MMC/SD Host Write Timing

Figure 5-29 MMC/SD Host Read and Card CRC Status Timing

5.14 Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC)

The Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) provides an efficient interface between the device and the network. The EMAC supports both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX, or 10 Mbits/second (Mbps) and 100 Mbps in either half- or full-duplex mode, with hardware flow control and quality of service (QOS) support.

The EMAC controls the flow of packet data from the device to the PHY. The MDIO module controls PHY configuration and status monitoring.

Both the EMAC and the MDIO modules interface to the device through a custom interface that allows efficient data transmission and reception. This custom interface is referred to as the EMAC control module, and is considered integral to the EMAC/MDIO peripheral. The control module is also used to multiplex and control interrupts.

5.14.1 EMAC Peripheral Register Description(s)

Table 5-34 Ethernet Media Access Controller (EMAC) Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E2 3000	TXREV	Transmit Revision Register
0x01E2 3004	TXCONTROL	Transmit Control Register
0x01E2 3008	TXTEARDOWN	Transmit Teardown Register
0x01E2 3010	RXREV	Receive Revision Register
0x01E2 3014	RXCONTROL	Receive Control Register
0x01E2 3018	RXTEARDOWN	Receive Teardown Register
0x01E2 3080	TXINTSTATRAW	Transmit Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register
0x01E2 3084	TXINTSTATMASKED	Transmit Interrupt Status (Masked) Register
0x01E2 3088	TXINTMASKSET	Transmit Interrupt Mask Set Register
0x01E2 308C	TXINTMASKCLEAR	Transmit Interrupt Clear Register
0x01E2 3090	MACINVECTOR	MAC Input Vector Register
0x01E2 3094	MACEOIVECTOR	MAC End Of Interrupt Vector Register
0x01E2 30A0	RXINTSTATRAW	Receive Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register
0x01E2 30A4	RXINTSTATMASKED	Receive Interrupt Status (Masked) Register
0x01E2 30A8	RXINTMASKSET	Receive Interrupt Mask Set Register
0x01E2 30AC	RXINTMASKCLEAR	Receive Interrupt Mask Clear Register
0x01E2 30B0	MACINTSTATRAW	MAC Interrupt Status (Unmasked) Register
0x01E2 30B4	MACINTSTATMASKED	MAC Interrupt Status (Masked) Register
0x01E2 30B8	MACINTMASKSET	MAC Interrupt Mask Set Register
0x01E2 30BC	MACINTMASKCLEAR	MAC Interrupt Mask Clear Register
0x01E2 3100	RXMBPENABLE	Receive Multicast/Broadcast/Promiscuous Channel Enable Register
0x01E2 3104	RXUNICASTSET	Receive Unicast Enable Set Register
0x01E2 3108	RXUNICASTCLEAR	Receive Unicast Clear Register
0x01E2 310C	RXMAXLEN	Receive Maximum Length Register
0x01E2 3110	RXBUFFEROFFSET	Receive Buffer Offset Register
0x01E2 3114	RXFILTERLOWTHRESH	Receive Filter Low Priority Frame Threshold Register
0x01E2 3120	RX0FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 0 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 3124	RX1FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 1 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 3128	RX2FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 2 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 312C	RX3FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 3 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 3130	RX4FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 4 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 3134	RX5FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 5 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 3138	RX6FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 6 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 313C	RX7FLOWTHRESH	Receive Channel 7 Flow Control Threshold Register
0x01E2 3140	RX0FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 0 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 3144	RX1FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 1 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 3148	RX2FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 2 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 314C	RX3FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 3 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 3150	RX4FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 4 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 3154	RX5FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 5 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 3158	RX6FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 6 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 315C	RX7FREEBUFFER	Receive Channel 7 Free Buffer Count Register
0x01E2 3160	MACCONTROL	MAC Control Register
0x01E2 3164	MACSTATUS	MAC Status Register
0x01E2 3168	EMCONTROL	Emulation Control Register
0x01E2 316C	FIFOCONTROL	FIFO Control Register
0x01E2 3170	MACCONFIG	MAC Configuration Register
0x01E2 3174	SOFTRESET	Soft Reset Register
0x01E2 31D0	MACSRCADDRLO	MAC Source Address Low Bytes Register
0x01E2 31D4	MACSRCADDRHI	MAC Source Address High Bytes Register
0x01E2 31D8	MACHASH1	MAC Hash Address Register 1
0x01E2 31DC	MACHASH2	MAC Hash Address Register 2
0x01E2 31E0	BOFFTEST	Back Off Test Register
0x01E2 31E4	TPACETEST	Transmit Pacing Algorithm Test Register
0x01E2 31E8	RXPAUSE	Receive Pause Timer Register
0x01E2 31EC	TXPAUSE	Transmit Pause Timer Register
0x01E2 3200 - 0x01E2 32FC	(see Table 5-35)	EMAC Statistics Registers
0x01E2 3500	MACADDRLO	MAC Address Low Bytes Register, Used in Receive Address Matching
0x01E2 3504	MACADDRHI	MAC Address High Bytes Register, Used in Receive Address Matching
0x01E2 3508	MACINDEX	MAC Index Register
0x01E2 3600	TX0HDP	Transmit Channel 0 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3604	TX1HDP	Transmit Channel 1 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3608	TX2HDP	Transmit Channel 2 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 360C	TX3HDP	Transmit Channel 3 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3610	TX4HDP	Transmit Channel 4 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3614	TX5HDP	Transmit Channel 5 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3618	TX6HDP	Transmit Channel 6 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 361C	TX7HDP	Transmit Channel 7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3620	RX0HDP	Receive Channel 0 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3624	RX1HDP	Receive Channel 1 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3628	RX2HDP	Receive Channel 2 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 362C	RX3HDP	Receive Channel 3 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3630	RX4HDP	Receive Channel 4 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3634	RX5HDP	Receive Channel 5 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3638	RX6HDP	Receive Channel 6 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 363C	RX7HDP	Receive Channel 7 DMA Head Descriptor Pointer Register
0x01E2 3640	TX0CP	Transmit Channel 0 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3644	TX1CP	Transmit Channel 1 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3648	TX2CP	Transmit Channel 2 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 364C	TX3CP	Transmit Channel 3 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3650	TX4CP	Transmit Channel 4 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3654	TX5CP	Transmit Channel 5 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3658	TX6CP	Transmit Channel 6 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 365C	TX7CP	Transmit Channel 7 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3660	RX0CP	Receive Channel 0 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3664	RX1CP	Receive Channel 1 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3668	RX2CP	Receive Channel 2 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 366C	RX3CP	Receive Channel 3 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3670	RX4CP	Receive Channel 4 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3674	RX5CP	Receive Channel 5 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 3678	RX6CP	Receive Channel 6 Completion Pointer Register
0x01E2 367C	RX7CP	Receive Channel 7 Completion Pointer Register

Table 5-35 EMAC Statistics Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E2 3200	RXGOODFRAMES	Good Receive Frames Register
0x01E2 3204	RXBCASTFRAMES	Broadcast Receive Frames Register (Total number of good broadcast frames received)
0x01E2 3208	RXMCASTFRAMES	Multicast Receive Frames Register (Total number of good multicast frames received)
0x01E2 320C	RXPAUSEFRAMES	Pause Receive Frames Register
0x01E2 3210	RXCRCERRORS	Receive CRC Errors Register (Total number of frames received with CRC errors)
0x01E2 3214	RXALIGNCODEERRORS	Receive Alignment/Code Errors Register (Total number of frames received with alignment/code errors)
0x01E2 3218	RXOVERSIZED	Receive Oversized Frames Register (Total number of oversized frames received)
0x01E2 321C	RXJABBER	Receive Jabber Frames Register (Total number of jabber frames received)
0x01E2 3220	RXUNDERSIZED	Receive Undersized Frames Register (Total number of undersized frames received)
0x01E2 3224	RXFRAGMENTS	Receive Frame Fragments Register
0x01E2 3228	RXFILTERED	Filtered Receive Frames Register
0x01E2 322C	RXQOSFILTERED	Received QOS Filtered Frames Register
0x01E2 3230	RXOCTETS	Receive Octet Frames Register (Total number of received bytes in good frames)
0x01E2 3234	TXGOODFRAMES	Good Transmit Frames Register (Total number of good frames transmitted)
0x01E2 3238	TXBCASTFRAMES	Broadcast Transmit Frames Register
0x01E2 323C	TXMCASTFRAMES	Multicast Transmit Frames Register
0x01E2 3240	TXPAUSEFRAMES	Pause Transmit Frames Register
0x01E2 3244	TXDEFERRED	Deferred Transmit Frames Register
0x01E2 3248	TXCOLLISION	Transmit Collision Frames Register
0x01E2 324C	TXSINGLECOLL	Transmit Single Collision Frames Register
0x01E2 3250	TXMULTICOLL	Transmit Multiple Collision Frames Register
0x01E2 3254	TXEXCESSIVECOLL	Transmit Excessive Collision Frames Register
0x01E2 3258	TXLATECOLL	Transmit Late Collision Frames Register
0x01E2 325C	TXUNDERRUN	Transmit Underrun Error Register
0x01E2 3260	TXCARRIERSENSE	Transmit Carrier Sense Errors Register
0x01E2 3264	TXOCTETS	Transmit Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 3268	FRAME64	Transmit and Receive 64 Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 326C	FRAME65T127	Transmit and Receive 65 to 127 Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 3270	FRAME128T255	Transmit and Receive 128 to 255 Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 3274	FRAME256T511	Transmit and Receive 256 to 511 Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 3278	FRAME512T1023	Transmit and Receive 512 to 1023 Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 327C	FRAME1024TUP	Transmit and Receive 1024 to 1518 Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 3280	NETOCTETS	Network Octet Frames Register
0x01E2 3284	RXSOFOVERRUNS	Receive FIFO or DMA Start of Frame Overruns Register
0x01E2 3288	RXMOFOVERRUNS	Receive FIFO or DMA Middle of Frame Overruns Register
0x01E2 328C	RXDMAOVERRUNS	Receive DMA Start of Frame and Middle of Frame Overruns Register

Table 5-36 EMAC Control Module Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E2 2000	REV	EMAC Control Module Revision Register
0x01E2 2004	SOFTRESET	EMAC Control Module Software Reset Register
0x01E2 200C	INTCONTROL	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Control Register
0x01E2 2010	C0RXTHRESHEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2014	C0RXEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Receive Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2018	C0TXEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Transmit Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 201C	C0MISCEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2020	C1RXTHRESHEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2024	C1RXEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Receive Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2028	C1TXEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Transmit Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 202C	C1MISCEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2030	C2RXTHRESHEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Receive Threshold Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2034	C2RXEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Receive Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2038	C2TXEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Transmit Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 203C	C2MISCEN	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Miscellaneous Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 2040	C0RXTHRESHSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2044	C0RXSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Receive Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2048	C0TXSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Transmit Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 204C	C0MISCSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2050	C1RXTHRESHSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2054	C1RXSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Receive Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2058	C1TXSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Transmit Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 205C	C1MISCSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2060	C2RXTHRESHSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Receive Threshold Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2064	C2RXSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Receive Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2068	C2TXSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Transmit Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 206C	C2MISCSTAT	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Miscellaneous Interrupt Status Register
0x01E2 2070	C0RXIMAX	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Receive Interrupts Per Millisecond Register
0x01E2 2074	C0TXIMAX	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 0 Transmit Interrupts Per Millisecond Register
0x01E2 2078	C1RXIMAX	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Receive Interrupts Per Millisecond Register
0x01E2 207C	C1TXIMAX	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 1 Transmit Interrupts Per Millisecond Register
0x01E2 2080	C2RXIMAX	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Receive Interrupts Per Millisecond Register
0x01E2 2084	C2TXIMAX	EMAC Control Module Interrupt Core 2 Transmit Interrupts Per Millisecond Register

Table 5-37 EMAC Control Module RAM

HEX ADDRESS RANGE
0x01E2 0000 - 0x01E2 1FFF	EMAC Local Buffer Descriptor Memory

Table 5-38 RMII Timing Requirements

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	TYP	MAX	UNIT
1	tc(REFCLK)	Cycle Time, RMII_MHZ_50_CLK⁽¹⁾		20		ns
2	tw(REFCLKH)	Pulse Width, RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High	7		13	ns
3	tw(REFCLKL)	Pulse Width, RMII_MHZ_50_CLK Low	7		13	ns
6	tsu(RXD-REFCLK)	Input Setup Time, RXD Valid before RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High	4			ns
7	th(REFCLK-RXD)	Input Hold Time, RXD Valid after RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High	2			ns
8	tsu(CRSDV-REFCLK)	Input Setup Time, CRSDV Valid before RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High	4			ns
9	th(REFCLK-CRSDV)	Input Hold Time, CRSDV Valid after RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High	2			ns
10	tsu(RXER-REFCLK)	Input Setup Time, RXER Valid before RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High	4			ns
11	th(REFCLKR-RXER)	Input Hold Time, RXER Valid after RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High	2			ns

(1) Per the RMII industry specification, the RMII reference clock (RMII_MHZ_50_CLK) must have jitter tolerance of 50 ppm or less.

Table 5-39 RMII Switching Characteristics

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	TYP	MAX	UNIT
4	td(REFCLK-TXD)	Output Delay Time, RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High to TXD Valid	2.5		13	ns
5	td(REFCLK-TXEN)	Output Delay Time, RMII_MHZ_50_CLK High to TXEN Valid	2.5		13	ns

Figure 5-30 RMII Timing Diagram

5.15 Management Data Input/Output (MDIO)

The Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) module continuously polls all 32 MDIO addresses in order to enumerate all PHY devices in the system.

The Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) module implements the 802.3 serial management interface to interrogate and control Ethernet PHY(s) using a shared two-wire bus. Host software uses the MDIO module to configure the auto-negotiation parameters of each PHY attached to the EMAC, retrieve the negotiation results, and configure required parameters in the EMAC module for correct operation. The module is designed to allow almost transparent operation of the MDIO interface, with very little maintenance from the core processor. Only one PHY may be connected at any given time.

5.15.1 MDIO Registers

For a list of supported MDIO registers see Table 5-40 [MDIO Registers].

Table 5-40 MDIO Register Memory Map

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E2 4000	REV	Revision Identification Register
0x01E2 4004	CONTROL	MDIO Control Register
0x01E2 4008	ALIVE	MDIO PHY Alive Status Register
0x01E2 400C	LINK	MDIO PHY Link Status Register
0x01E2 4010	LINKINTRAW	MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Unmasked) Register
0x01E2 4014	LINKINTMASKED	MDIO Link Status Change Interrupt (Masked) Register
0x01E2 4018	–	Reserved
0x01E2 4020	USERINTRAW	MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Unmasked) Register
0x01E2 4024	USERINTMASKED	MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt (Masked) Register
0x01E2 4028	USERINTMASKSET	MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Set Register
0x01E2 402C	USERINTMASKCLEAR	MDIO User Command Complete Interrupt Mask Clear Register
0x01E2 4030 - 0x01E2 407C	–	Reserved
0x01E2 4080	USERACCESS0	MDIO User Access Register 0
0x01E2 4084	USERPHYSEL0	MDIO User PHY Select Register 0
0x01E2 4088	USERACCESS1	MDIO User Access Register 1
0x01E2 408C	USERPHYSEL1	MDIO User PHY Select Register 1
0x01E2 4090 - 0x01E2 47FF	–	Reserved

5.15.2 Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-41 Timing Requirements for MDIO Input (see Figure 5-31 and Figure 5-32)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_{c(MDIO_CLK)}	Cycle time, MDIO_CLK	400		ns
2	t_{w(MDIO_CLK)}	Pulse duration, MDIO_CLK high/low	180		ns
3	t_{t(MDIO_CLK)}	Transition time, MDIO_CLK		5	ns
4	t_{su(MDIO-MDIO_CLKH)}	Setup time, MDIO_D data input valid before MDIO_CLK high	10		ns
5	t_{h(MDIO_CLKH-MDIO)}	Hold time, MDIO_D data input valid after MDIO_CLK high	0		ns

Figure 5-31 MDIO Input Timing

Table 5-42 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for MDIO Output
(see Figure 5-32)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
7	t_{d(MDIO_CLKL-MDIO)}	Delay time, MDIO_CLK low to MDIO_D data output valid	0	100	ns

Figure 5-32 MDIO Output Timing

5.16 Multichannel Audio Serial Ports (McASP0, McASP1, and McASP2)

The McASP serial port is specifically designed for multichannel audio applications. Its key features are:

Flexible clock and frame sync generation logic and on-chip dividers
Up to sixteen transmit or receive data pins and serializers
Large number of serial data format options, including:
- TDM Frames with 2 to 32 time slots per frame (periodic) or 1 slot per frame (burst)
- Time slots of 8,12,16, 20, 24, 28, and 32 bits
- First bit delay 0, 1, or 2 clocks
- MSB or LSB first bit order
- Left- or right-aligned data words within time slots
DIT Mode (optional) with 384-bit Channel Status and 384-bit User Data registers
Extensive error checking and mute generation logic
All unused pins GPIO-capable
Transmit & Receive FIFO Buffers for each McASP. Allows the McASP to operate at a higher sample rate by making it more tolerant to DMA latency.
Dynamic Adjustment of Clock Dividers
- Clock Divider Value may be changed without resetting the McASP

The McASPs on the device are configured with the following options:

Table 5-43 McASP Configurations⁽¹⁾

Module	Serializers	AFIFO	DIT	Pins
McASP0	16	64 Word RX 64 Word TX	N	AXR0[15:0], AHCLKR0, ACLKR0, AFSR0, AHCLKX0, ACLKX0, AFSX0, AMUTE0
McASP1	12	64 Word RX 64 Word TX	N	AXR1[11:10], AHCLKR1, ACLKR1, AFSR1, AHCLKX1, ACLKX1, AFSX1, AMUTE1
McASP2	4	16 Word RX 16 Word TX	Y	AXR2[3:0], AHCLKR2, ACLKR2, AFSR2, AHCLKX2, ACLKX2, AFSX2, AMUTE2

(1) Pins available are the maximum number of pins that may be configured for a particular McASP; not including pin multiplexing.

Figure 5-33 McASP Block Diagram

5.16.1 McASP Peripheral Registers Description(s)

Registers for the McASP are summarized in Table 5-44. The registers are accessed through the peripheral configuration port. The receive buffer registers (RBUF) and transmit buffer registers (XBUF) can also be accessed through the DMA port, as listed in Table 5-45

Registers for the McASP Audio FIFO (AFIFO) are summarized in Table 5-46. Note that the AFIFO Write FIFO (WFIFO) and Read FIFO (RFIFO) have independent control and status registers. The AFIFO control registers are accessed through the peripheral configuration port.

Table 5-44 McASP Registers Accessed Through Peripheral Configuration Port

McASP0 BYTE ADDRESS	McASP1 BYTE ADDRESS	McASP2 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01D0 0000	0x01D0 4000	0x01D0 8000	REV	Revision identification register
0x01D0 0010	0x01D0 4010	0x01D0 8010	PFUNC	Pin function register
0x01D0 0014	0x01D0 4014	0x01D0 8014	PDIR	Pin direction register
0x01D0 0018	0x01D0 4018	0x01D0 8018	PDOUT	Pin data output register
0x01D0 001C	0x01D0 401C	0x01D0 801C	PDIN	Read returns: Pin data input register
0x01D0 001C	0x01D0 401C	0x01D0 801C	PDSET	Writes affect: Pin data set register (alternate write address: PDOUT)
0x01D0 0020	0x01D0 4020	0x01D0 8020	PDCLR	Pin data clear register (alternate write address: PDOUT)
0x01D0 0044	0x01D0 4044	0x01D0 8044	GBLCTL	Global control register
0x01D0 0048	0x01D0 4048	0x01D0 8048	AMUTE	Audio mute control register
0x01D0 004C	0x01D0 404C	0x01D0 804C	DLBCTL	Digital loopback control register
0x01D0 0050	0x01D0 4050	0x01D0 8050	DITCTL	DIT mode control register
0x01D0 0060	0x01D0 4060	0x01D0 8060	RGBLCTL	Receiver global control register: Alias of GBLCTL, only receive bits are affected - allows receiver to be reset independently from transmitter
0x01D0 0064	0x01D0 4064	0x01D0 8064	RMASK	Receive format unit bit mask register
0x01D0 0068	0x01D0 4068	0x01D0 8068	RFMT	Receive bit stream format register
0x01D0 006C	0x01D0 406C	0x01D0 806C	AFSRCTL	Receive frame sync control register
0x01D0 0070	0x01D0 4070	0x01D0 8070	ACLKRCTL	Receive clock control register
0x01D0 0074	0x01D0 4074	0x01D0 8074	AHCLKRCTL	Receive high-frequency clock control register
0x01D0 0078	0x01D0 4078	0x01D0 8078	RTDM	Receive TDM time slot 0-31 register
0x01D0 007C	0x01D0 407C	0x01D0 807C	RINTCTL	Receiver interrupt control register
0x01D0 0080	0x01D0 4080	0x01D0 8080	RSTAT	Receiver status register
0x01D0 0084	0x01D0 4084	0x01D0 8084	RSLOT	Current receive TDM time slot register
0x01D0 0088	0x01D0 4088	0x01D0 8088	RCLKCHK	Receive clock check control register
0x01D0 008C	0x01D0 408C	0x01D0 808C	REVTCTL	Receiver DMA event control register
0x01D0 00A0	0x01D0 40A0	0x01D0 80A0	XGBLCTL	Transmitter global control register. Alias of GBLCTL, only transmit bits are affected - allows transmitter to be reset independently from receiver
0x01D0 00A4	0x01D0 40A4	0x01D0 80A4	XMASK	Transmit format unit bit mask register
0x01D0 00A8	0x01D0 40A8	0x01D0 80A8	XFMT	Transmit bit stream format register
0x01D0 00AC	0x01D0 40AC	0x01D0 80AC	AFSXCTL	Transmit frame sync control register
0x01D0 00B0	0x01D0 40B0	0x01D0 80B0	ACLKXCTL	Transmit clock control register
0x01D0 00B4	0x01D0 40B4	0x01D0 80B4	AHCLKXCTL	Transmit high-frequency clock control register
0x01D0 00B8	0x01D0 40B8	0x01D0 80B8	XTDM	Transmit TDM time slot 0-31 register
0x01D0 00BC	0x01D0 40BC	0x01D0 80BC	XINTCTL	Transmitter interrupt control register
0x01D0 00C0	0x01D0 40C0	0x01D0 80C0	XSTAT	Transmitter status register
0x01D0 00C4	0x01D0 40C4	0x01D0 80C4	XSLOT	Current transmit TDM time slot register
0x01D0 00C8	0x01D0 40C8	0x01D0 80C8	XCLKCHK	Transmit clock check control register
0x01D0 00CC	0x01D0 40CC	0x01D0 80CC	XEVTCTL	Transmitter DMA event control register
0x01D0 0100	0x01D0 4100	0x01D0 8100	DITCSRA0	Left (even TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 0
0x01D0 0104	0x01D0 4104	0x01D0 8104	DITCSRA1	Left (even TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 1
0x01D0 0108	0x01D0 4108	0x01D0 8108	DITCSRA2	Left (even TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 2
0x01D0 010C	0x01D0 410C	0x01D0 810C	DITCSRA3	Left (even TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 3
0x01D0 0110	0x01D0 4110	0x01D0 8110	DITCSRA4	Left (even TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 4
0x01D0 0114	0x01D0 4114	0x01D0 8114	DITCSRA5	Left (even TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 5
0x01D0 0118	0x01D0 4118	0x01D0 8118	DITCSRB0	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 0
0x01D0 011C	0x01D0 411C	0x01D0 811C	DITCSRB1	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 1
0x01D0 0120	0x01D0 4120	0x01D0 8120	DITCSRB2	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 2
0x01D0 0124	0x01D0 4124	0x01D0 8124	DITCSRB3	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 3
0x01D0 0128	0x01D0 4128	0x01D0 8128	DITCSRB4	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 4
0x01D0 012C	0x01D0 412C	0x01D0 812C	DITCSRB5	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel status register (DIT mode) 5
0x01D0 0130	0x01D0 4130	0x01D0 8130	DITUDRA0	Left (even TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 0
0x01D0 0134	0x01D0 4134	0x01D0 8134	DITUDRA1	Left (even TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 1
0x01D0 0138	0x01D0 4138	0x01D0 8138	DITUDRA2	Left (even TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 2
0x01D0 013C	0x01D0 413C	0x01D0 813C	DITUDRA3	Left (even TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 3
0x01D0 0140	0x01D0 4140	0x01D0 8140	DITUDRA4	Left (even TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 4
0x01D0 0144	0x01D0 4144	0x01D0 8144	DITUDRA5	Left (even TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 5
0x01D0 0148	0x01D0 4148	0x01D0 8148	DITUDRB0	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 0
0x01D0 014C	0x01D0 414C	0x01D0 814C	DITUDRB1	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 1
0x01D0 0150	0x01D0 4150	0x01D0 8150	DITUDRB2	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 2
0x01D0 0154	0x01D0 4154	0x01D0 8154	DITUDRB3	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 3
0x01D0 0158	0x01D0 4158	0x01D0 8158	DITUDRB4	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 4
0x01D0 015C	0x01D0 415C	0x01D0 815C	DITUDRB5	Right (odd TDM time slot) channel user data register (DIT mode) 5
0x01D0 0180	0x01D0 4180	0x01D0 8180	SRCTL0	Serializer control register 0
0x01D0 0184	0x01D0 4184	0x01D0 8184	SRCTL1	Serializer control register 1
0x01D0 0188	0x01D0 4188	0x01D0 8188	SRCTL2	Serializer control register 2
0x01D0 018C	0x01D0 418C	0x01D0 818C	SRCTL3	Serializer control register 3
0x01D0 0190	0x01D0 4190	0x01D0 8190	SRCTL4	Serializer control register 4
0x01D0 0194	0x01D0 4194	0x01D0 8194	SRCTL5	Serializer control register 5
0x01D0 0198	0x01D0 4198	0x01D0 8198	SRCTL6	Serializer control register 6
0x01D0 019C	0x01D0 419C	0x01D0 819C	SRCTL7	Serializer control register 7
0x01D0 01A0	0x01D0 41A0	0x01D0 81A0	SRCTL8	Serializer control register 8
0x01D0 01A4	0x01D0 41A4	0x01D0 81A4	SRCTL9	Serializer control register 9
0x01D0 01A8	0x01D0 41A8	0x01D0 81A8	SRCTL10	Serializer control register 10
0x01D0 01AC	0x01D0 41AC	0x01D0 81AC	SRCTL11	Serializer control register 11
0x01D0 01B0	0x01D0 41B0	0x01D0 81B0	SRCTL12	Serializer control register 12
0x01D0 01B4	0x01D0 41B4	0x01D0 81B4	SRCTL13	Serializer control register 13
0x01D0 01B8	0x01D0 41B8	0x01D0 81B8	SRCTL14	Serializer control register 14
0x01D0 01BC	0x01D0 41BC	0x01D0 81BC	SRCTL15	Serializer control register 15
0x01D0 0200	0x01D0 4200	0x01D0 8200	XBUF0⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 0
0x01D0 0204	0x01D0 4204	0x01D0 8204	XBUF1⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 1
0x01D0 0208	0x01D0 4208	0x01D0 8208	XBUF2⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 2
0x01D0 020C	0x01D0 420C	0x01D0 820C	XBUF3⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 3
0x01D0 0210	0x01D0 4210	0x01D0 8210	XBUF4⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 4
0x01D0 0214	0x01D0 4214	0x01D0 8214	XBUF5⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 5
0x01D0 0218	0x01D0 4218	0x01D0 8218	XBUF6⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 6
0x01D0 021C	0x01D0 421C	0x01D0 821C	XBUF7⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 7
0x01D0 0220	0x01D0 4220	0x01D0 8220	XBUF8⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 8
0x01D0 0224	0x01D0 4224	0x01D0 8224	XBUF9⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 9
0x01D0 0228	0x01D0 4228	0x01D0 8228	XBUF10⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 10
0x01D0 022C	0x01D0 422C	0x01D0 822C	XBUF11⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 11
0x01D0 0230	0x01D0 4230	0x01D0 8230	XBUF12⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 12
0x01D0 0234	0x01D0 4234	0x01D0 8234	XBUF13⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 13
0x01D0 0238	0x01D0 4238	0x01D0 8238	XBUF14⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 14
0x01D0 023C	0x01D0 423C	0x01D0 823C	XBUF15⁽¹⁾	Transmit buffer register for serializer 15
0x01D0 0280	0x01D0 4280	0x01D0 8280	RBUF0⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 0
0x01D0 0284	0x01D0 4284	0x01D0 8284	RBUF1⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 1
0x01D0 0288	0x01D0 4288	0x01D0 8288	RBUF2⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 2
0x01D0 028C	0x01D0 428C	0x01D0 828C	RBUF3⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 3
0x01D0 0290	0x01D0 4290	0x01D0 8290	RBUF4⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 4
0x01D0 0294	0x01D0 4294	0x01D0 8294	RBUF5⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 5
0x01D0 0298	0x01D0 4298	0x01D0 8298	RBUF6⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 6
0x01D0 029C	0x01D0 429C	0x01D0 829C	RBUF7⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 7
0x01D0 02A0	0x01D0 42A0	0x01D0 82A0	RBUF8⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 8
0x01D0 02A4	0x01D0 42A4	0x01D0 82A4	RBUF9⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 9
0x01D0 02A8	0x01D0 42A8	0x01D0 82A8	RBUF10⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 10
0x01D0 02AC	0x01D0 42AC	0x01D0 82AC	RBUF11⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 11
0x01D0 02B0	0x01D0 42B0	0x01D0 82B0	RBUF12⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 12
0x01D0 02B4	0x01D0 42B4	0x01D0 82B4	RBUF13⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 13
0x01D0 02B8	0x01D0 42B8	0x01D0 82BB	RBUF14⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 14
0x01D0 02BC	0x01D0 42BC	0x01D0 82BC	RBUF15⁽²⁾	Receive buffer register for serializer 15

(1) Writes to XRBUF originate from peripheral configuration port only when XBUSEL = 1 in XFMT.

(2) Reads from XRBUF originate on peripheral configuration port only when RBUSEL = 1 in RFMT.

Table 5-45 McASP Registers Accessed Through DMA Port

	McASP0 BYTE ADDRESS	McASP1 BYTE ADDRESS	McASP2 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Read Accesses	01D0 2000	01D0 6000	01D0 A000	RBUF	Receive buffer DMA port address. Cycles through receive serializers, skipping over transmit serializers and inactive serializers. Starts at the lowest serializer at the beginning of each time slot. Reads from DMA port only if RBUSEL = 0 in RFMT.
Write Accesses	01D0 2000	01D0 6000	01D0 A000	XBUF	Transmit buffer DMA port address. Cycles through transmit serializers, skipping over receive and inactive serializers. Starts at the lowest serializer at the beginning of each time slot. Writes to DMA port only if XBUSEL = 0 in XFMT.

Table 5-46 McASP AFIFO Registers Accessed Through Peripheral Configuration Port

McASP0 BYTE ADDRESS	McASP1 BYTE ADDRESS	McASP2 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01D0 1000	0x01D0 5000	0x01D0 9000	AFIFOREV	AFIFO revision identification register
0x01D0 1010	0x01D0 5010	0x01D0 9010	WFIFOCTL	Write FIFO control register
0x01D0 1014	0x01D0 5014	0x01D0 9014	WFIFOSTS	Write FIFO status register
0x01D0 1018	0x01D0 5018	0x01D0 9018	RFIFOCTL	Read FIFO control register
0x01D0 101C	0x01D0 501C	0x01D0 901C	RFIFOSTS	Read FIFO status register

5.16.2 McASP Electrical Data/Timing

5.16.2.1 Multichannel Audio Serial Port 0 (McASP0) Timing

Table 5-47 and Table 5-48 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5-34 and Figure 5-35).

Table 5-47 McASP0 Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽⁴⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	UNIT
1	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKR0 external, AHCLKR0 input	25	ns
1	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKX0 external, AHCLKX0 input	25	ns
2	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKR0 external, AHCLKR0 input	12.5	ns
2	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKX0 external, AHCLKX0 input	12.5	ns
3	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKR0 external, ACLKR0 input	greater of 2P or 25	ns
3	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKX0 external, ACLKX0 input	greater of 2P or 25	ns
4	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKR0 external, ACLKR0 input	12.5	ns
4	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKX0 external, ACLKX0 input	12.5	ns
5	t_{su(AFSRX-ACLKRX)}	Setup time, AFSR0 input to ACLKR0 internal⁽²⁾	9.4	ns
		Setup time, AFSX0 input to ACLKX0 internal	9.4
		Setup time, AFSR0 input to ACLKR0 external input⁽²⁾	2.9
		Setup time, AFSX0 input to ACLKX0 external input	2.9
		Setup time, AFSR0 input to ACLKR0 external output⁽²⁾	2.9
		Setup time, AFSX0 input to ACLKX0 external output	2.9
6	t_{h(ACLKRX-AFSRX)}	Hold time, AFSR0 input after ACLKR0 internal⁽²⁾	-1.2	ns
		Hold time, AFSX0 input after ACLKX0 internal	-1.2
		Hold time, AFSR0 input after ACLKR0 external input⁽²⁾	0.9
		Hold time, AFSX0 input after ACLKX0 external input	0.9
		Hold time, AFSR0 input after ACLKR0 external output⁽²⁾	0.9
		Hold time, AFSX0 input after ACLKX0 external output	0.9
7	t_{su(AXR-ACLKRX)}	Setup time, AXR0[n] input to ACLKR0 internal⁽²⁾	9.4	ns
		Setup time, AXR0[n] input to ACLKX0 internal⁽³⁾	9.4
		Setup time, AXR0[n] input to ACLKR0 external input⁽²⁾	2.9
		Setup time, AXR0[n] input to ACLKX0 external input⁽³⁾	2.9
		Setup time, AXR0[n] input to ACLKR0 external output⁽²⁾	2.9
		Setup time, AXR0[n] input to ACLKX0 external output⁽³⁾	2.9
8	t_{h(ACLKRX-AXR)}	Hold time, AXR0[n] input after ACLKR0 internal⁽²⁾	-1.3	ns
		Hold time, AXR0[n] input after ACLKX0 internal⁽³⁾	-1.3
		Hold time, AXR0[n] input after ACLKR0 external input⁽²⁾	0.5
		Hold time, AXR0[n] input after ACLKX0 external input⁽³⁾	0.5
		Hold time, AXR0[n] input after ACLKR0 external output⁽²⁾	0.5
		Hold time, AXR0[n] input after ACLKX0 external output⁽³⁾	0.5

(1) ACLKX0 internal – McASP0 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 1, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKX0 external input – McASP0 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 0
ACLKX0 external output – McASP0 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKR0 internal – McASP0 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 1, PDIR.ACLKR =1
ACLKR0 external input – McASP0 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 0
ACLKR0 external output – McASP0 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 1

(2) McASP0 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=1: Receiver is clocked by its own ACLKR0

(3) McASP0 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=0: Receiver is clocked by transmitter's ACLKX0

(4) P = SYSCLK2 period

Table 5-48 McASP0 Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
9	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKR0 internal, AHCLKR0 output	25		ns
		Cycle time, AHCLKR0 external, AHCLKR0 output	25
		Cycle time, AHCLKX0 internal, AHCLKX0 output	25
		Cycle time, AHCLKX0 external, AHCLKX0 output	25
10	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKR0 internal, AHCLKR0 output	(AHR/2) – 2.5⁽²⁾		ns
		Pulse duration, AHCLKR0 external, AHCLKR0 output	(AHR/2) – 2.5⁽²⁾
		Pulse duration, AHCLKX0 internal, AHCLKX0 output	(AHX/2) – 2.5⁽³⁾
		Pulse duration, AHCLKX0 external, AHCLKX0 output	(AHX/2) – 2.5⁽³⁾
11	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKR0 internal, ACLKR0 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾		ns
		Cycle time, ACLKR0 external, ACLKR0 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾
		Cycle time, ACLKX0 internal, ACLKX0 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾
		Cycle time, ACLKX0 external, ACLKX0 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾
12	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKR0 internal, ACLKR0 output	(AR/2) – 2.5⁽⁵⁾		ns
		Pulse duration, ACLKR0 external, ACLKR0 output	(AR/2) – 2.5⁽⁵⁾
		Pulse duration, ACLKX0 internal, ACLKX0 output	(AX/2) – 2.5⁽⁶⁾
		Pulse duration, ACLKX0 external, ACLKX0 output	(AX/2) – 2.5⁽⁶⁾
13	t_{d(ACLKRX-AFSRX)}	Delay time, ACLKR0 internal, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	0	5.8	ns
		Delay time, ACLKX0 internal, AFSX output	0	5.8
		Delay time, ACLKR0 external input, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	2.5	11.6
		Delay time, ACLKX0 external input, AFSX output	2.5	11.6
		Delay time, ACLKR0 external output, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	2.5	11.6
		Delay time, ACLKX0 external output, AFSX output	2.5	11.6
14	t_{d(ACLKX-AXRV)}	Delay time, ACLKX0 internal, AXR0[n] output	0	5.8	ns
		Delay time, ACLKX0 external input, AXR0[n] output	2.5	11.6
		Delay time, ACLKX0 external output, AXR0[n] output	2.5	11.6
15	t_{dis(ACLKX-AXRHZ)}	Disable time, ACLKX0 internal, AXR0[n] output	0	5.8	ns
		Disable time, ACLKX0 external input, AXR0[n] output	3	11.6
		Disable time, ACLKX0 external output, AXR0[n] output	3	11.6

(1) McASP0 ACLKX0 internal – ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 1, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKX0 external input – McASP0 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 0
ACLKX0 external output – McASP0ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKR0 internal – McASP0 ACLKR0CTL.CLKRM = 1, PDIR.ACLKR =1
ACLKR0 external input – McASP0 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 0
ACLKR0 external output – McASP0 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 1

(2) AHR - Cycle time, AHCLKR0.

(3) AHX - Cycle time, AHCLKX0.

(4) P = SYSCLK2 period

(5) AR - ACLKR0 period.

(6) AX - ACLKX0 period.

(7) McASP0 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=1: Receiver is clocked by its own ACLKR0

5.16.2.2 Multichannel Audio Serial Port 1 (McASP1) Timing

Table 5-49 and Table 5-50 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5-34 and Figure 5-35).

Table 5-49 McASP1 Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽⁴⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	UNIT
1	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKR1 external, AHCLKR1 input	25	ns
1	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKX1 external, AHCLKX1 input	25	ns
2	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKR1 external, AHCLKR1 input	12.5	ns
2	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKX1 external, AHCLKX1 input	12.5	ns
3	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKR1 external, ACLKR1 input	greater of 2P or 25	ns
3	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKX1 external, ACLKX1 input	greater of 2P or 25	ns
4	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKR1 external, ACLKR1 input	12.5	ns
4	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKX1 external, ACLKX1 input	12.5	ns
5	t_{su(AFSRX-ACLKRX)}	Setup time, AFSR1 input to ACLKR1 internal⁽²⁾	10.4	ns
		Setup time, AFSX1 input to ACLKX1 internal	10.4
		Setup time, AFSR1 input to ACLKR1 external input⁽²⁾	2.6
		Setup time, AFSX1 input to ACLKX1 external input	2.6
		Setup time, AFSR1 input to ACLKR1 external output⁽²⁾	2.6
		Setup time, AFSX1 input to ACLKX1 external output	2.6
6	t_{h(ACLKRX-AFSRX)}	Hold time, AFSR1 input after ACLKR1 internal⁽²⁾	-1.9	ns
		Hold time, AFSX1 input after ACLKX1 internal	-1.9
		Hold time, AFSR1 input after ACLKR1 external input⁽²⁾	0.7
		Hold time, AFSX1 input after ACLKX1 external input	0.7
		Hold time, AFSR1 input after ACLKR1 external output⁽²⁾	0.7
		Hold time, AFSX1 input after ACLKX1 external output	0.7
7	t_{su(AXR-ACLKRX)}	Setup time, AXR1[n] input to ACLKR1 internal⁽²⁾	10.4	ns
		Setup time, AXR1[n] input to ACLKX1 internal⁽³⁾	10.4
		Setup time, AXR1[n] input to ACLKR1 external input⁽²⁾	2.6
		Setup time, AXR1[n] input to ACLKX1 external input⁽³⁾	2.6
		Setup time, AXR1[n] input to ACLKR1 external output⁽²⁾	2.6
		Setup time, AXR1[n] input to ACLKX1 external output⁽³⁾	2.6
8	t_{h(ACLKRX-AXR)}	Hold time, AXR1[n] input after ACLKR1 internal⁽²⁾	-1.8	ns
		Hold time, AXR1[n] input after ACLKX1 internal⁽³⁾	-1.8
		Hold time, AXR1[n] input after ACLKR1 external input⁽²⁾	0.5
		Hold time, AXR1[n] input after ACLKX1 external input⁽³⁾	0.5
		Hold time, AXR1[n] input after ACLKR1 external output⁽²⁾	0.5
		Hold time, AXR1[n] input after ACLKX1 external output⁽³⁾	0.5

(1) ACLKX1 internal – McASP1 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 1, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKX1 external input – McASP1 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 0
ACLKX1 external output – McASP1 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKR1 internal – McASP1 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 1, PDIR.ACLKR =1
ACLKR1 external input – McASP1 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 0
ACLKR1 external output – McASP1 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 1

(2) McASP1 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=1: Receiver is clocked by its own ACLKR1

(3) McASP1 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=0: Receiver is clocked by transmitter's ACLKX1

(4) P = SYSCLK2 period

Table 5-50 McASP1 Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
9	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKR1 internal, AHCLKR1 output	25		ns
		Cycle time, AHCLKR1 external, AHCLKR1 output	25
		Cycle time, AHCLKX1 internal, AHCLKX1 output	25
		Cycle time, AHCLKX1 external, AHCLKX1 output	25
10	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKR1 internal, AHCLKR1 output	(AHR/2) – 2.5⁽²⁾		ns
		Pulse duration, AHCLKR1 external, AHCLKR1 output	(AHR/2) – 2.5⁽²⁾
		Pulse duration, AHCLKX1 internal, AHCLKX1 output	(AHX/2) – 2.5⁽³⁾
		Pulse duration, AHCLKX1 external, AHCLKX1 output	(AHX/2) – 2.5⁽³⁾
11	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKR1 internal, ACLKR1 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾		ns
		Cycle time, ACLKR1 external, ACLKR1 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾
		Cycle time, ACLKX1 internal, ACLKX1 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾
		Cycle time, ACLKX1 external, ACLKX1 output	greater of 2P or 25 ns⁽⁴⁾
12	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKR1 internal, ACLKR1 output	(AR/2) – 2.5⁽⁵⁾		ns
		Pulse duration, ACLKR1 external, ACLKR1 output	(AR/2) – 2.5⁽⁵⁾
		Pulse duration, ACLKX1 internal, ACLKX1 output	(AX/2) – 2.5⁽⁶⁾
		Pulse duration, ACLKX1 external, ACLKX1 output	(AX/2) – 2.5⁽⁶⁾
13	t_{d(ACLKRX-AFSRX)}	Delay time, ACLKR1 internal, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	0.5	6.7	ns
		Delay time, ACLKX1 internal, AFSX output	0.5	6.7
		Delay time, ACLKR1 external input, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	3.4	13.8
		Delay time, ACLKX1 external input, AFSX output	3.4	13.8
		Delay time, ACLKR1 external output, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	3.4	13.8
		Delay time, ACLKX1 external output, AFSX output	3.4	13.8
14	t_{d(ACLKX-AXRV)}	Delay time, ACLKX1 internal, AXR1[n] output	0.5	6.7	ns
		Delay time, ACLKX1 external input, AXR1[n] output	3.4	13.8
		Delay time, ACLKX1 external output, AXR1[n] output	3.4	13.8
15	t_{dis(ACLKX-AXRHZ)}	Disable time, ACLKX1 internal, AXR1[n] output	0.5	6.7	ns
		Disable time, ACLKX1 external input, AXR1[n] output	3.9	13.8
		Disable time, ACLKX1 external output, AXR1[n] output	3.9	13.8

(1) McASP1 ACLKX1 internal – ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 1, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
McASP1 ACLKX1 external input – ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 0
McASP1 ACLKX1 external output – ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
McASP1 ACLKR1 internal – ACLKR1CTL.CLKRM = 1, PDIR.ACLKR =1
McASP1 ACLKR1 external input – ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 0
McASP1 ACLKR1 external output – ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 1

(2) AHR - Cycle time, AHCLKR1.

(3) AHX - Cycle time, AHCLKX1.

(4) P = SYSCLK2 period

(5) AR - ACLKR1 period.

(6) AX - ACLKX1 period.

(7) McASP1 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=1: Receiver is clocked by its own ACLKR1

A. For CLKRP = CLKXP = 0, the McASP transmitter is configured for rising edge (to shift data out) and the McASP receiver is configured for falling edge (to shift data in).

B. For CLKRP = CLKXP = 1, the McASP transmitter is configured for falling edge (to shift data out) and the McASP receiver is configured for rising edge (to shift data in).

Figure 5-34 McASP Input Timings

A. For CLKRP = CLKXP = 1, the McASP transmitter is configured for falling edge (to shift data out) and the McASP receiver is configured for rising edge (to shift data in).

B. For CLKRP = CLKXP = 0, the McASP transmitter is configured for rising edge (to shift data out) and the McASP receiver is configured for falling edge (to shift data in).

Figure 5-35 McASP Output Timings

5.16.2.3 Multichannel Audio Serial Port 2 (McASP2) Timing

Table 5-51 and Table 5-52 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5-34 and Figure 5-35).

Table 5-51 McASP2 Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽⁴⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	UNIT
1	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKR2 external, AHCLKR2 input	15	ns
1	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKX2 external, AHCLKX2 input	15	ns
2	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKR2 external, AHCLKR2 input	7.5	ns
2	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKX2 external, AHCLKX2 input	7.5	ns
3	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKR2 external, ACLKR2 input	greater of 2P or 15	ns
3	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKX2 external, ACLKX2 input	greater of 2P or 15	ns
4	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKR2 external, ACLKR2 input	7.5	ns
4	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKX2 external, ACLKX2 input	7.5	ns
5	t_{su(AFSRX-ACLKRX)}	Setup time, AFSR2 input to ACLKR2 internal⁽²⁾	10	ns
		Setup time, AFSX2 input to ACLKX2 internal	10
		Setup time, AFSR2 input to ACLKR2 external input⁽²⁾	1.6
		Setup time, AFSX2 input to ACLKX2 external input	1.6
		Setup time, AFSR2 input to ACLKR2 external output⁽²⁾	1.6
		Setup time, AFSX2 input to ACLKX2 external output	1.6
6	t_{h(ACLKRX-AFSRX)}	Hold time, AFSR2 input after ACLKR2 internal⁽²⁾	-1.7	ns
		Hold time, AFSX2 input after ACLKX2 internal	-1.7
		Hold time, AFSR2 input after ACLKR2 external input⁽²⁾	1.3
		Hold time, AFSX2 input after ACLKX2 external input	1.3
		Hold time, AFSR2 input after ACLKR2 external output⁽²⁾	1.3
		Hold time, AFSX2 input after ACLKX2 external output	1.3
7	t_{su(AXR-ACLKRX)}	Setup time, AXR2[n] input to ACLKR2 internal⁽²⁾	10	ns
		Setup time, AXR2[n] input to ACLKX2 internal⁽³⁾	10
		Setup time, AXR2[n] input to ACLKR2 external input⁽²⁾	1.6
		Setup time, AXR2[n] input to ACLKX2 external input⁽³⁾	1.6
		Setup time, AXR2[n] input to ACLKR2 external output⁽²⁾	1.6
		Setup time, AXR2[n] input to ACLKX2 external output⁽³⁾	1.6
8	t_{h(ACLKRX-AXR)}	Hold time, AXR2[n] input after ACLKR2 internal⁽²⁾	-1.7	ns
		Hold time, AXR2[n] input after ACLKX2 internal⁽³⁾	-1.7
		Hold time, AXR2[n] input after ACLKR2 external input⁽²⁾	1.3
		Hold time, AXR2[n] input after ACLKX2 external input⁽³⁾	1.3
		Hold time, AXR2[n] input after ACLKR2 external output⁽²⁾	1.3
		Hold time, AXR2[n] input after ACLKX2 external output⁽³⁾	1.3

(1) ACLKX2 internal – McASP2 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 1, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKX2 external input – McASP2 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 0
ACLKX2 external output – McASP2 ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
ACLKR2 internal – McASP2 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 1, PDIR.ACLKR =1
ACLKR2 external input – McASP2 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 0
ACLKR2 external output – McASP2 ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 1

(2) McASP2 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=1: Receiver is clocked by its own ACLKR2

(3) McASP2 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=0: Receiver is clocked by transmitter's ACLKX2

(4) P = SYSCLK2 period

Table 5-52 McASP2 Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
9	t_c(AHCLKRX)	Cycle time, AHCLKR2 internal, AHCLKR2 output	15		ns
		Cycle time, AHCLKR2 external, AHCLKR2 output	15
		Cycle time, AHCLKX2 internal, AHCLKX2 output	15
		Cycle time, AHCLKX2 external, AHCLKX2 output	15
10	t_w(AHCLKRX)	Pulse duration, AHCLKR2 internal, AHCLKR2 output	(AHR/2) – 2.5⁽²⁾		ns
		Pulse duration, AHCLKR2 external, AHCLKR2 output	(AHR/2) – 2.5⁽²⁾
		Pulse duration, AHCLKX2 internal, AHCLKX2 output	(AHX/2) – 2.5⁽³⁾
		Pulse duration, AHCLKX2 external, AHCLKX2 output	(AHX/2) – 2.5⁽³⁾
11	t_c(ACLKRX)	Cycle time, ACLKR2 internal, ACLKR2 output	greater of 2P or 15 ns⁽⁴⁾		ns
		Cycle time, ACLKR2 external, ACLKR2 output	greater of 2P or 15 ns⁽⁴⁾
		Cycle time, ACLKX2 internal, ACLKX2 output	greater of 2P or 15 ns⁽⁴⁾
		Cycle time, ACLKX2 external, ACLKX2 output	greater of 2P or 15 ns⁽⁴⁾
12	t_w(ACLKRX)	Pulse duration, ACLKR2 internal, ACLKR2 output	(AR/2) – 2.5⁽⁵⁾		ns
		Pulse duration, ACLKR2 external, ACLKR2 output	(AR/2) – 2.5⁽⁵⁾
		Pulse duration, ACLKX2 internal, ACLKX2 output	(AX/2) – 2.5⁽⁶⁾
		Pulse duration, ACLKX2 external, ACLKX2 output	(AX/2) – 2.5⁽⁶⁾
13	t_{d(ACLKRX-AFSRX)}	Delay time, ACLKR2 internal, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	-1.4	2.8	ns
		Delay time, ACLKX2 internal, AFSX output	-1.4	2.8
		Delay time, ACLKR2 external input, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	2.1	10
		Delay time, ACLKX2 external input, AFSX output	2.1	10
		Delay time, ACLKR2 external output, AFSR output⁽⁷⁾	2.1	10
		Delay time, ACLKX2 external output, AFSX output	2.1	10
14	t_{d(ACLKX-AXRV)}	Delay time, ACLKX2 internal, AXR2[n] output	-1.4	2.8	ns
		Delay time, ACLKX2 external input, AXR2[n] output	2.1	10
		Delay time, ACLKX2 external output, AXR2[n] output	2.1	10
15	t_{dis(ACLKX-AXRHZ)}	Disable time, ACLKX2 internal, AXR2[n] output	-1.4	2.8	ns
		Disable time, ACLKX2 external input, AXR2[n] output	2.9	10
		Disable time, ACLKX2 external output, AXR2[n] output	2.9	10

(1) McASP2 ACLKX2 internal – ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 1, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
McASP2 ACLKX2 external input – ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 0
McASP2 ACLKX2 external output – ACLKXCTL.CLKXM = 0, PDIR.ACLKX = 1
McASP2 ACLKR2 internal – ACLKR2CTL.CLKRM = 1, PDIR.ACLKR =1
McASP2 ACLKR2 external input – ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 0
McASP2 ACLKR2 external output – ACLKRCTL.CLKRM = 0, PDIR.ACLKR = 1

(2) AHR - Cycle time, AHCLKR2.

(3) AHX - Cycle time, AHCLKX2.

(4) P = SYSCLK2 period

(5) AR - ACLKR2 period.

(6) AX - ACLKX2 period.

(7) McASP2 ACLKXCTL.ASYNC=1: Receiver is clocked by its own ACLKR2

5.17 Serial Peripheral Interface Ports (SPI0, SPI1)

Figure 5-36 is a block diagram of the SPI module, which is a simple shift register and buffer plus control logic. Data is written to the shift register before transmission occurs and is read from the buffer at the end of transmission. The SPI can operate either as a master, in which case, it initiates a transfer and drives the SPIx_CLK pin, or as a slave. Four clock phase and polarity options are supported as well as many data formatting options.

Figure 5-36 Block Diagram of SPI Module

The SPI supports 3-, 4-, and 5-pin operation with three basic pins (SPIx_CLK, SPIx_SIMO, and SPIx_SOMI) and two optional pins (SPIx_SCS, SPIx_ENA).

The optional SPIx_SCS (Slave Chip Select) pin is most useful to enable in slave mode when there are other slave devices on the same SPI port. The device will only shift data and drive the SPIx_SOMI pin when SPIx_SCS is held low.

In slave mode, SPIx_ENA is an optional output. The SPIx_ENA output provides the status of the internal transmit buffer (SPIDAT0/1 registers). In four-pin mode with the enable option, SPIx_ENA is asserted only when the transmit buffer is full, indicating that the slave is ready to begin another transfer. In five-pin mode, the SPIx_ENA is additionally qualified by SPIx_SCS being asserted. This allows a single handshake line to be shared by multiple slaves on the same SPI bus.

In master mode, the SPIx_ENA pin is an optional input and the master can be configured to delay the start of the next transfer until the slave asserts SPIx_ENA. The addition of this handshake signal simplifies SPI communications and, on average, increases SPI bus throughput since the master does not need to delay each transfer long enough to allow for the worst-case latency of the slave device. Instead, each transfer can begin as soon as both the master and slave have actually serviced the previous SPI transfer.

Although the SPI module supports two interrupt outputs, SPIx_INT1 is the only interrupt connected on this device.

Figure 5-37 Illustration of SPI Master-to-SPI Slave Connection

5.17.1 SPI Peripheral Registers Description(s)

Table 5-53 is a list of the SPI registers.

Table 5-53 SPIx Configuration Registers

SPI0 BYTE ADDRESS	SPI1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C4 1000	0x01E1 2000	SPIGCR0	Global Control Register 0
0x01C4 1004	0x01E1 2004	SPIGCR1	Global Control Register 1
0x01C4 1008	0x01E1 2008	SPIINT0	Interrupt Register
0x01C4 100C	0x01E1 200C	SPILVL	Interrupt Level Register
0x01C4 1010	0x01E1 2010	SPIFLG	Flag Register
0x01C4 1014	0x01E1 2014	SPIPC0	Pin Control Register 0 (Pin Function)
0x01C4 1018	0x01E1 2018	SPIPC1	Pin Control Register 1 (Pin Direction)
0x01C4 101C	0x01E1 201C	SPIPC2	Pin Control Register 2 (Pin Data In)
0x01C4 1020	0x01E1 2020	SPIPC3	Pin Control Register 3 (Pin Data Out)
0x01C4 1024	0x01E1 2024	SPIPC4	Pin Control Register 4 (Pin Data Set)
0x01C4 1028	0x01E1 2028	SPIPC5	Pin Control Register 5 (Pin Data Clear)
0x01C4 102C	0x01E1 202C	Reserved	Reserved - Do not write to this register
0x01C4 1030	0x01E1 2030	Reserved	Reserved - Do not write to this register
0x01C4 1034	0x01E1 2034	Reserved	Reserved - Do not write to this register
0x01C4 1038	0x01E1 2038	SPIDAT0	Shift Register 0 (without format select)
0x01C4 103C	0x01E1 203C	SPIDAT1	Shift Register 1 (with format select)
0x01C4 1040	0x01E1 2040	SPIBUF	Buffer Register
0x01C4 1044	0x01E1 2044	SPIEMU	Emulation Register
0x01C4 1048	0x01E1 2048	SPIDELAY	Delay Register
0x01C4 104C	0x01E1 204C	SPIDEF	Default Chip Select Register
0x01C4 1050	0x01E1 2050	SPIFMT0	Format Register 0
0x01C4 1054	0x01E1 2054	SPIFMT1	Format Register 1
0x01C4 1058	0x01E1 2058	SPIFMT2	Format Register 2
0x01C4 105C	0x01E1 205C	SPIFMT3	Format Register 3
0x01C4 1060	0x01E1 2060	Reserved	Reserved - Do not write to this register
0x01C4 1064	0x01E1 2064	INTVEC1	Interrupt Vector for SPI INT1

5.17.2 SPI Electrical Data/Timing

5.17.2.1 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Timing

Table 5-54 through Table 5-69 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5-38 through Figure 5-41).

Table 5-54 General Timing Requirements for SPI0 Master Modes⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_c(SPC)M	Cycle Time, SPI0_CLK, All Master Modes		greater of 3P or 20	256P	ns
2	t_w(SPCH)M	Pulse Width High, SPI0_CLK, All Master Modes		0.5t_c(SPC)M - 1		ns
3	t_w(SPCL)M	Pulse Width Low, SPI0_CLK, All Master Modes		0.5t_c(SPC)M - 1		ns
4	t_{d(SIMO_SPC)M}	Delay, initial data bit valid on SPI0_SIMO after initial edge on SPI0_CLK⁽²⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising		5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising		- 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling		5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling		- 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 5
5	t_{d(SPC_SIMO)M}	Delay, subsequent bits valid on SPI0_SIMO after transmit edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising		5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling		5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling		5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising		5
6	t_{oh(SPC_SIMO)M}	Output hold time, SPI0_SIMO valid afterreceive edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3
7	t_{su(SOMI_SPC)M}	Input Setup Time, SPI0_SOMI valid beforereceive edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling	0		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling	0
8	t_{ih(SPC_SOMI)M}	Input Hold Time, SPI0_SOMI valid after receive edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) First bit may be MSB or LSB depending upon SPI configuration. MO(0) refers to first bit and MO(n) refers to last bit output on SPI0_SIMO. MI(0) refers to the first bit input and MI(n) refers to the last bit input on SPI0_SOMI.

Table 5-55 General Timing Requirements for SPI0 Slave Modes⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
9	t_c(SPC)S	Cycle Time, SPI0_CLK, All Slave Modes		greater of 3P or 40		ns
10	t_w(SPCH)S	Pulse Width High, SPI0_CLK, All Slave Modes		18		ns
11	t_w(SPCL)S	Pulse Width Low, SPI0_CLK, All Slave Modes		18		ns
12	t_{su(SOMI_SPC)S}	Setup time, transmit data written to SPI before initial clock edge from master.⁽²⁾⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising	2P		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising	2P
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling	2P
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling	2P
13	t_{d(SPC_SOMI)S}	Delay, subsequent bits valid on SPI0_SOMI after transmit edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising		18.5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling		18.5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling		18.5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising		18.5
14	t_{oh(SPC_SOMI)S}	Output hold time, SPI0_SOMI valid afte receive edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3
15	t_{su(SIMO_SPC)S}	Input Setup Time, SPI0_SIMO valid before receive edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling	0		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling	0
16	t_{ih(SPC_SIMO)S}	Input Hold Time, SPI0_SIMO valid after receive edge of SPI0_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) First bit may be MSB or LSB depending upon SPI configuration. SO(0) refers to first bit and SO(n) refers to last bit output on SPI0_SOMI. SI(0) refers to the first bit input and SI(n) refers to the last bit input on SPI0_SIMO.

(3) Measured from the termination of the write of new data to the SPI module, In analyzing throughput requirements, additional internal bus cycles must be accounted for to allow data to be written to the SPI module by the CPU.

Table 5-56 Additional⁽⁵⁾ SPI0 Master Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MAX	UNIT
17	t_{d(ENA_SPC)M}	Delay from slave assertion of SPI0_ENA active to first SPI0_CLK from master.⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising	3P + 3.6	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3.6
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling	3P + 3.6
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3.6
18	t_{d(SPC_ENA)M}	Max delay for slave to deassert SPI0_ENA after final SPI0_CLK edge to ensure master does not begin the next transfer.⁽⁴⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M+ P + 5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	P + 5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four master clocking modes.

(3) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI0_ENA assertion.

(4) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI0_EN A deassertion.

(5) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI master modes (Table 5-54).

Table 5-57 Additional⁽⁷⁾ SPI0 Master Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	UNIT
19	t_{d(SCS_SPC)M}	Delay from SPI0_SCS active to first SPI0_CLK⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising	2P - 5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling	2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
20	t_{d(SPC_SCS)M}	Delay from final SPI0_CLK edge to master deasserting SPI0_SCS⁽⁵⁾⁽⁶⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P - 3	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	P - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	P - 3

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four master clocking modes.

(3) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI0_SCS assertion.

(4) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.C2TDELAY[4:0].

(5) Except for modes when SPIDAT1.CSHOLD is enabled and there is additional data to transmit. In this case, SPI0_SCS will remain asserted.

(6) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.T2CDELAY[4:0].

(7) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI master modes (Table 5-54).

Table 5-58 Additional⁽¹⁰⁾ SPI0 Master Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
18	t_{d(SPC_ENA)M}	Max delay for slave to deassert SPI0_ENA after final SPI0_CLK edge to ensure master does not begin the next transfer.⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling		0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling		P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising		0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising		P + 5
20	t_{d(SPC_SCS)M}	Delay from final SPI0_CLK edge to master deasserting SPI0_SCS⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P - 3		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	P - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	P - 3
21	t_{d(SCSL_ENAL)M}	Max delay for slave SPI to drive SPI0_ENA valid after master asserts SPI0_SCS to delay the master from beginning the next transfer,			C2TDELAY + P	ns
22	t_{d(SCS_SPC)M}	Delay from SPI0_SCS active to first SPI0_CLK⁽⁶⁾⁽⁷⁾⁽⁸⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising	2P - 5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling	2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
23	t_{d(ENA_SPC)M}	Delay from assertion of SPI0_ENA low to first SPI0_CLK edge.⁽⁹⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK rising		3P + 3.6	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK rising		0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3.6
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI0_CLK falling		3P + 3.6
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI0_CLK falling		0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3.6

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four master clocking modes.

(3) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI0_ENA deassertion.

(4) Except for modes when SPIDAT1.CSHOLD is enabled and there is additional data to transmit. In this case, SPI0_SCS will remain asserted.

(5) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.T2CDELAY[4:0].

(6) If SPI0_ENA is asserted immediately such that the transmission is not delayed by SPI0_ENA.

(7) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI0_SCS assertion.

(8) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.C2TDELAY[4:0].

(9) If SPI0_ENA was initially deasserted high and SPI0_CLK is delayed.

(10) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI master modes (Table 5-55).

Table 5-59 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI0 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
24	t_{d(SPC_ENAH)S}	Delay from final SPI0_CLK edge to slave deasserting SPI0_ENA.	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	1.5 P - 3	2.5 P + 18.5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 1.5 P - 3	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2.5 P + 18.5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	1.5 P - 3	2.5 P + 18.5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M+ 1.5 P - 3	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2.5 P + 18.5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four slave clocking modes.

(3) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI slave modes (Table 5-55).

Table 5-60 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI0 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
25	t_{d(SCSL_SPC)S}	Required delay from SPI0_SCS asserted at slave to first SPI0_CLK edge at slave.		2P		ns
26	t_{d(SPC_SCSH)S}	Required delay from final SPI0_CLK edge before SPI0_SCS is deasserted.	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	P + 5
27	t_{ena(SCSL_SOMI)S}	Delay from master asserting SPI0_SCS to slave driving SPI0_SOMI valid			P + 18.5	ns
28	t_{dis(SCSH_SOMI)S}	Delay from master deasserting SPI0_SCS to slave 3-stating SPI0_SOMI			P + 18.5	ns

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four slave clocking modes.

(3) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI slave modes (Table 5-55).

Table 5-61 Additional⁽⁴⁾ SPI0 Slave Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
25	t_{d(SCSL_SPC)S}	Required delay from SPI0_SCS asserted at slave to first SPI0_CLK edge at slave.		2P		ns
26	t_{d(SPC_SCSH)S}	Required delay from final SPI0_CLK edge before SPI0_SCS is deasserted.	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling	P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising	P + 5
27	t_{ena(SCSL_SOMI)S}	Delay from master asserting SPI0_SCS to slave driving SPI0_SOMI valid			P + 18.5	ns
28	t_{dis(SCSH_SOMI)S}	Delay from master deasserting SPI0_SCS to slave 3-stating SPI0_SOMI			P + 18.5	ns
29	t_{ena(SCSL_ENA)S}	Delay from master deasserting SPI0_SCS to slave driving SPI0_ENA valid			18.5	ns
30	t_{dis(SPC_ENA)S}	Delay from final clock receive edge on SPI0_CLK to slave 3-stating or driving high SPI0_ENA.⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK falling		2.5 P + 18.5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK rising		2.5 P + 18.5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI0_CLK rising		2.5 P + 18.5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI0_CLK falling		2.5 P + 18.5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four slave clocking modes.

(3) SPI0_ENA is driven low after the transmission completes if the SPIINT0.ENABLE_HIGHZ bit is programmed to 0. Otherwise it is 3-stated. If 3-stated, an external pullup resistor should be used to provide a valid level to the master. This option is useful when tying several SPI slave devices to a single master.

(4) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI slave modes (Table 5-55).

Table 5-62 General Timing Requirements for SPI1 Master Modes⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_c(SPC)M	Cycle Time, SPI1_CLK, All Master Modes		greater of 3P or 20	256P	ns
2	t_w(SPCH)M	Pulse Width High, SPI1_CLK, All Master Modes		0.5t_c(SPC)M - 1		ns
3	t_w(SPCL)M	Pulse Width Low, SPI1_CLK, All Master Modes		0.5t_c(SPC)M - 1		ns
4	t_{d(SIMO_SPC)M}	Delay, initial data bit valid on SPI1_SIMO to initial edge on SPI1_CLK⁽²⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising		5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising		- 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling		5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling		- 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 5
5	t_{d(SPC_SIMO)M}	Delay, subsequent bits valid on SPI1_SIMO after transmit edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising		5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling		5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling		5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising		5
6	t_{oh(SPC_SIMO)M}	Output hold time, SPI1_SIMO valid after receive edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M - 3
7	t_{su(SOMI_SPC)M}	Input Setup Time, SPI1_SOMI valid before receive edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling	0		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling	0
8	t_{ih(SPC_SOMI)M}	Input Hold Time, SPI1_SOMI valid after receive edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) First bit may be MSB or LSB depending upon SPI configuration. MO(0) refers to first bit and MO(n) refers to last bit output on SPI1_SIMO. MI(0) refers to the first bit input and MI(n) refers to the last bit input on SPI1_SOMI.

Table 5-63 General Timing Requirements for SPI1 Slave Modes⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
9	t_c(SPC)S	Cycle Time, SPI1_CLK, All Slave Modes		greater of 3P or 40		ns
10	t_w(SPCH)S	Pulse Width High, SPI1_CLK, All Slave Modes		18		ns
11	t_w(SPCL)S	Pulse Width Low, SPI1_CLK, All Slave Modes		18		ns
12	t_{su(SOMI_SPC)S}	Setup time, transmit data written to SPI before initial clock edge from master.⁽²⁾⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising	2P		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising	2P
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling	2P
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling	2P
13	t_{d(SPC_SOMI)S}	Delay, subsequent bits valid on SPI1_SOMI after transmit edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising		19	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling		19
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling		19
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising		19
14	t_{oh(SPC_SOMI)S}	Output hold time, SPI1_SOMI valid after receive edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)S - 3
15	t_{su(SIMO_SPC)S}	Input Setup Time, SPI1_SIMO valid before receive edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling	0		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising	0
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling	0
16	t_{ih(SPC_SIMO)S}	Input Hold Time, SPI1_SIMO valid after receive edge of SPI1_CLK	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) First bit may be MSB or LSB depending upon SPI configuration. SO(0) refers to first bit and SO(n) refers to last bit output on SPI1_SOMI. SI(0) refers to the first bit input and SI(n) refers to the last bit input on SPI1_SIMO.

Table 5-64 Additional⁽⁵⁾ SPI1 Master Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MAX	UNIT
17	t_{d(EN A_SPC)M}	Delay from slave assertion of SPI1_ENA active to first SPI1_CLK from master.⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising	3P + 3	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling	3P + 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3
18	t_{d(SPC_ENA)M}	Max delay for slave to deassert SPI1_ENA after final SPI1_CLK edge to ensure master does not begin the next transfer.⁽⁴⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	P + 5

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four master clocking modes.

(3) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI1_ENA assertion.

(4) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI1_ENA deassertion.

(5) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI master modes (Table 5-62).

Table 5-65 Additional⁽⁷⁾ SPI1 Master Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	UNIT
19	t_{d(SCS_SPC)M}	Delay from SPI1_SCS active to first SPI1_CLK⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising	2P - 5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling	2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
20	t_{d(SPC_SCS)M}	Delay from final SPI1_CLK edge to master deasserting SPI1_SCS⁽⁵⁾⁽⁶⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M+ P - 3	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	P - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M+ P -3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	P - 3

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four master clocking modes.

(3) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI1_SCS assertion.

(4) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.C2TDELAY[4:0].

(5) Except for modes when SPIDAT1.CSHOLD is enabled and there is additional data to transmit. In this case, SPI1_SCS will remain asserted.

(6) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.T2CDELAY[4:0].

(7) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI master modes (Table 5-62).

Table 5-66 Additional⁽¹⁰⁾ SPI1 Master Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
18	t_{d(SPC_ENA)M}	Max delay for slave to deassert SPI1_ENA after final SPI1_CLK edge to ensure master does not begin the next transfer.⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling		0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling		P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising		0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising		P + 5
20	t_{d(SPC_SCS)M}	Delay from final SPI1_CLK edge to master deasserting SPI1_SCS⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P - 3		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	P - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P - 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	P - 3
21	t_{d(SCSL_ENAL)M}	Max delay for slave SPI to drive SPI1_ENA valid after master asserts SPI1_SCS to delay the master from beginning the next transfer.			C2TDELAY + P	ns
22	t_{d(SCS_SPC)M}	Delay from SPI1_SCS active to first SPI1_CLK⁽⁶⁾⁽⁷⁾⁽⁸⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising	2P - 5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling	2P - 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2P - 5
23	t_{d(ENA_SPC)M}	Delay from assertion of SPI1_ENA low to first SPI1_CLK edge.⁽⁹⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK rising		3P + 3	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK rising		0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, to SPI1_CLK falling		3P + 3
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, to SPI1_CLK falling		0.5t_c(SPC)M + 3P + 3

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four master clocking modes.

(3) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI1_ENA deassertion.

(4) Except for modes when SPIDAT1.CSHOLD is enabled and there is additional data to transmit. In this case, SPI1_SCS will remain asserted.

(5) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.T2CDELAY[4:0].

(6) If SPI1_ENA is asserted immediately such that the transmission is not delayed by SPI1_ENA.

(7) In the case where the master SPI is ready with new data before SPI1_SCS assertion.

(8) This delay can be increased under software control by the register bit field SPIDELAY.C2TDELAY[4:0].

(9) If SPI1_ENA was initially deasserted high and SPI1_CLK is delayed.

(10) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI master modes (Table 5-63).

Table 5-67 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI1 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
24	t_{d(SPC_ENAH)S}	Delay from final SPI1_CLK edge to slave deasserting SPI1_ENA.	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	1.5 P - 3	2.5 P + 19	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 1.5 P - 3	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2.5 P + 19
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	1.5 P - 3	2.5 P + 19
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M+ 1.5 P - 3	– 0.5t_c(SPC)M + 2.5 P + 19

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four slave clocking modes.

(3) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI slave modes (Table 5-63).

Table 5-68 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI1 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
25	t_{d(SCSL_SPC)S}	Required delay from SPI1_SCS asserted at slave to first SPI1_CLK edge at slave.		2P		ns
26	t_{d(SPC_SCSH)S}	Required delay from final SPI1_CLK edge before SPI1_SCS is deasserted.	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	P + 5
27	t_{ena(SCSL_SOMI)S}	Delay from master asserting SPI1_SCS to slave driving SPI1_SOMI valid			P + 19	ns
28	t_{dis(SCSH_SOMI)S}	Delay from master deasserting SPI1_SCS to slave 3-stating SPI1_SOMI			P + 19	ns

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four slave clocking modes.

(3) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI slave modes (Table 5-63).

Table 5-69 Additional⁽⁴⁾ SPI1 Slave Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
25	t_{d(SCSL_SPC)S}	Required delay from SPI1_SCS asserted at slave to first SPI1_CLK edge at slave.		2P		ns
26	t_{d(SPC_SCSH)S}	Required delay from final SPI1_CLK edge before SPI1_SCS is deasserted.	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5		ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling	P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising	0.5t_c(SPC)M + P + 5
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising	P + 5
27	t_{ena(SCSL_SOMI)S}	Delay from master asserting SPI1_SCS to slave driving SPI1_SOMI valid			P + 19	ns
28	t_{dis(SCSH_SOMI)S}	Delay from master deasserting SPI1_SCS to slave 3-stating SPI1_SOMI			P + 19	ns
29	t_{ena(SCSL_ENA)S}	Delay from master deasserting SPI1_SCS to slave driving SPI1_ENA valid			19	ns
30	t_{dis(SPC_ENA)S}	Delay from final clock receive edge on SPI1_CLK to slave 3-stating or driving high SPI1_ENA.⁽³⁾	Polarity = 0, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK falling		2.5 P + 19	ns
			Polarity = 0, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK rising		2.5 P + 19
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 0, from SPI1_CLK rising		2.5 P + 19
			Polarity = 1, Phase = 1, from SPI1_CLK falling		2.5 P + 19

(1) P = SYSCLK2 period

(2) Figure shows only Polarity = 0, Phase = 0 as an example. Table gives parameters for all four slave clocking modes.

(3) SPI1_ENA is driven low after the transmission completes if the SPIINT0.ENABLE_HIGHZ bit is programmed to 0. Otherwise it is 3-stated. If 3-stated, an external pullup resistor should be used to provide a valid level to the master. This option is useful when tying several SPI slave devices to a single master.

(4) These parameters are in addition to the general timings for SPI slave modes (Table 5-63).

Figure 5-38 SPI Timings—Master Mode

Figure 5-39 SPI Timings—Slave Mode

Figure 5-40 SPI Timings—Master Mode (4-Pin and 5-Pin)

Figure 5-41 SPI Timings—Slave Mode (4-Pin and 5-Pin)

5.18 Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Peripheral

The device contains up to three enhanced capture (eCAP) modules. Figure 5-42 shows a functional block diagram of a module.

Uses for ECAP include:

Speed measurements of rotating machinery (e.g. toothed sprockets sensed via Hall sensors)
Elapsed time measurements between position sensor triggers
Period and duty cycle measurements of Pulse train signals
Decoding current or voltage amplitude derived from cuty cycle encoded current/voltage sensors

The ECAP module described in this specification includes the following features:

32 bit time base
4 event time-stamp registers (each 32 bits)
Edge polarity selection for up to 4 sequenced time-stamp capture events
Interrupt on either of the 4 events
Single shot capture of up to 4 event time-stamps
Continuous mode capture of time-stamps in a 4 deep circular buffer
Absolute time-stamp capture
Difference mode time-stamp capture
All the above resources are dedicated to a single input pin

The eCAP modules are clocked at the SYSCLK2 rate.

Figure 5-42 eCAP Functional Block Diagram

Table 5-70 is the list of the ECAP registers.

Table 5-70 ECAPx Configuration Registers

ECAP0 BYTE ADDRESS	ECAP1 BYTE ADDRESS	ECAP2 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01F0 6000	0x01F0 7000	0x01F0 8000	TSCTR	Time-Stamp Counter
0x01F0 6004	0x01F0 7004	0x01F0 8004	CTRPHS	Counter Phase Offset Value Register
0x01F0 6008	0x01F0 7008	0x01F0 8008	CAP1	Capture 1 Register
0x01F0 600C	0x01F0 700C	0x01F0 800C	CAP2	Capture 2 Register
0x01F0 6010	0x01F0 7010	0x01F0 8010	CAP3	Capture 3 Register
0x01F0 6014	0x01F0 7014	0x01F0 8014	CAP4	Capture 4 Register
0x01F0 6028	0x01F0 7028	0x01F0 8028	ECCTL1	Capture Control Register 1
0x01F0 602A	0x01F0 702A	0x01F0 802A	ECCTL2	Capture Control Register 2
0x01F0 602C	0x01F0 702C	0x01F0 802C	ECEINT	Capture Interrupt Enable Register
0x01F0 602E	0x01F0 702E	0x01F0 802E	ECFLG	Capture Interrupt Flag Register
0x01F0 6030	0x01F0 7030	0x01F0 8030	ECCLR	Capture Interrupt Clear Register
0x01F0 6032	0x01F0 7032	0x01F0 8032	ECFRC	Capture Interrupt Force Register
0x01F0 605C	0x01F0 705C	0x01F0 805C	REVID	Revision ID

Table 5-71 shows the eCAP timing requirement and Table 5-72 shows the eCAP switching characteristics.

Table 5-71 Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Timing Requirement

PARAMETER		TEST CONDITIONS	MIN	MAX	UNIT
t_w(CAP)	Capture input pulse width	Asynchronous	2t_c(SCO)		cycles
t_w(CAP)	Capture input pulse width	Synchronous	2t_c(SCO)		cycles

Table 5-72 eCAP Switching Characteristics

PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
t_w(APWM)	Pulse duration, APWMx output high/low	20		ns

5.19 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder (eQEP) Peripheral

The device contains up to two enhanced quadrature encoder (eQEP) modules.

Figure 5-43 eQEP Functional Block Diagram

Table 5-73 is the list of the EQEP registers.

Table 5-74 shows the eQEP timing requirement and Table 5-75 shows the eQEP switching characteristics.

Table 5-73 EQEP Registers

EQEP0 BYTE ADDRESS	EQEP1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01F0 9000	0x01F0 A000	QPOSCNT	eQEP Position Counter
0x01F0 9004	0x01F0 A004	QPOSINIT	eQEP Initialization Position Count
0x01F0 9008	0x01F0 A008	QPOSMAX	eQEP Maximum Position Count
0x01F0 900C	0x01F0 A00C	QPOSCMP	eQEP Position-compare
0x01F0 9010	0x01F0 A010	QPOSILAT	eQEP Index Position Latch
0x01F0 9014	0x01F0 A014	QPOSSLAT	eQEP Strobe Position Latch
0x01F0 9018	0x01F0 A018	QPOSLAT	eQEP Position Latch
0x01F0 901C	0x01F0 A01C	QUTMR	eQEP Unit Timer
0x01F0 9020	0x01F0 A020	QUPRD	eQEP Unit Period Register
0x01F0 9024	0x01F0 A024	QWDTMR	eQEP Watchdog Timer
0x01F0 9026	0x01F0 A026	QWDPRD	eQEP Watchdog Period Register
0x01F0 9028	0x01F0 A028	QDECCTL	eQEP Decoder Control Register
0x01F0 902A	0x01F0 A02A	QEPCTL	eQEP Control Register
0x01F0 902C	0x01F0 A02C	QCAPCTL	eQEP Capture Control Register
0x01F0 902E	0x01F0 A02E	QPOSCTL	eQEP Position-compare Control Register
0x01F0 9030	0x01F0 A030	QEINT	eQEP Interrupt Enable Register
0x01F0 9032	0x01F0 A032	QFLG	eQEP Interrupt Flag Register
0x01F0 9034	0x01F0 A034	QCLR	eQEP Interrupt Clear Register
0x01F0 9036	0x01F0 A036	QFRC	eQEP Interrupt Force Register
0x01F0 9038	0x01F0 A038	QEPSTS	eQEP Status Register
0x01F0 903A	0x01F0 A03A	QCTMR	eQEP Capture Timer
0x01F0 903C	0x01F0 A03C	QCPRD	eQEP Capture Period Register
0x01F0 903E	0x01F0 A03E	QCTMRLAT	eQEP Capture Timer Latch
0x01F0 9040	0x01F0 A040	QCPRDLAT	eQEP Capture Period Latch
0x01F0 905C	0x01F0 A05C	REVID	eQEP Revision ID

Table 5-74 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Timing Requirements

PARAMETER		TEST CONDITIONS	MIN	UNIT
t_w(QEPP)	QEP input period	Asynchronous/synchronous	2t_c(SCO)	cycles
t_w(INDEXH)	QEP Index Input High time	Asynchronous/synchronous	2t_c(SCO)	cycles
t_w(INDEXL)	QEP Index Input Low time	Asynchronous/synchronous	2t_c(SCO)	cycles
t_w(STROBH)	QEP Strobe High time	Asynchronous/synchronous	2t_c(SCO)	cycles
t_w(STROBL)	QEP Strobe Input Low time	Asynchronous/synchronous	2t_c(SCO)	cycles

Table 5-75 eQEP Switching Characteristics

PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
t_d(CNTR)xin	Delay time, external clock to counter increment		4t_c(SCO)	cycles
t_{d(PCS-OUT)QEP}	Delay time, QEP input edge to position compare sync output		6t_c(SCO)	cycles

5.20 Enhanced High-Resolution Pulse-Width Modulator (eHRPWM)

The device contains up to three enhanced PWM Modules (eHRPWM). Figure 5-44 shows a block diagram of multiple eHRPWM modules. Figure 4-4 shows the signal interconnections with the eHRPWM.

Figure 5-44 Multiple PWM Modules in the System

Figure 5-45 eHRPWM Sub-Modules Showing Critical Internal Signal Interconnections

Table 5-76 eHRPWM Module Control and Status Registers Grouped by Submodule

eHRPWM0 BYTE ADDRESS	eHRPWM1 BYTE ADDRESS	eHRPWM2 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	SIZE (×16)	SHADOW	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
TIME-BASE SUBMODULE REGISTERS
0x01F0 0000	0x01F0 2000	0x01F0 4000	TBCTL	1	No	Time-Base Control Register
0x01F0 0002	0x01F0 2002	0x01F0 4002	TBSTS	1	No	Time-Base Status Register
0x01F0 0004	0x01F0 2004	0x01F0 4004	TBPHSHR	1	No	Extension for HRPWM Phase Register ⁽¹⁾
0x01F0 0006	0x01F0 2006	0x01F0 4006	TBPHS	1	No	Time-Base Phase Register
0x01F0 0008	0x01F0 2008	0x01F0 4008	TBCNT	1	No	Time-Base Counter Register
0x01F0 000A	0x01F0 200A	0x01F0 400A	TBPRD	1	Yes	Time-Base Period Register
COUNTER-COMPARE SUBMODULE REGISTER
0x01F0 000E	0x01F0 200E	0x01F0 400E	CMPCTL	1	No	Counter-Compare Control Register
0x01F0 0010	0x01F0 2010	0x01F0 4010	CMPAHR	1	No	Extension for HRPWM Counter-Compare A Register ⁽¹⁾
0x01F0 0012	0x01F0 2012	0x01F0 4012	CMPA	1	Yes	Counter-Compare A Register
0x01F0 0014	0x01F0 2014	0x01F0 4014	CMPB	1	Yes	Counter-Compare B Register
ACTION-QUALIFIER SUBMODULE REGISTER
0x01F0 0016	0x01F0 2016	0x01F0 4016	AQCTLA	1	No	Action-Qualifier Control Register for Output A (eHRPWMxA)
0x01F0 0018	0x01F0 2018	0x01F0 4018	AQCTLB	1	No	Action-Qualifier Control Register for Output B (eHRPWMxB)
0x01F0 001A	0x01F0 201A	0x01F0 401A	AQSFRC	1	No	Action-Qualifier Software Force Register
0x01F0 001C	0x01F0 201C	0x01F0 401C	AQCSFRC	1	Yes	Action-Qualifier Continuous S/W Force Register Set
DEAD-BAND GENERATOR SUBMODULE REGISTER
0x01F0 001E	0x01F0 201E	0x01F0 401E	DBCTL	1	No	Dead-Band Generator Control Register
0x01F0 0020	0x01F0 2020	0x01F0 4020	DBRED	1	No	Dead-Band Generator Rising Edge Delay Count Register
0x01F0 0022	0x01F0 2022	0x01F0 4022	DBFED	1	No	Dead-Band Generator Falling Edge Delay Count Register
PWM-CHOPPER SUBMODULE REGISTER
0x01F0 003C	0x01F0 203C	0x01F0 403C	PCCTL	1	No	PWM-Chopper Control Register
TRIP-ZONE SUBMODULE REGISTER
0x01F0 0024	0x01F0 2024	0x01F0 4024	TZSEL	1	No	Trip-Zone Select Register
0x01F0 0028	0x01F0 2028	0x01F0 4028	TZCTL	1	No	Trip-Zone Control Register
0x01F0 002A	0x01F0 202A	0x01F0 402A	TZEINT	1	No	Trip-Zone Enable Interrupt Register
0x01F0 002C	0x01F0 202C	0x01F0 402C	TZFLG	1	No	Trip-Zone Flag Register
0x01F0 002E	0x01F0 202E	0x01F0 402E	TZCLR	1	No	Trip-Zone Clear Register
0x01F0 0030	0x01F0 2030	0x01F0 4030	TZFRC	1	No	Trip-Zone Force Register
EVENT-TRIGGER SUBMODULE REGISTER
0x01F0 0032	0x01F0 2032	0x01F0 4032	ETSEL	1	No	Event-Trigger Selection Register
0x01F0 0034	0x01F0 2034	0x01F0 4034	ETPS	1	No	Event-Trigger Pre-Scale Register
0x01F0 0036	0x01F0 2036	0x01F0 4036	ETFLG	1	No	Event-Trigger Flag Register
0x01F0 0038	0x01F0 2038	0x01F0 4038	ETCLR	1	No	Event-Trigger Clear Register
0x01F0 003A	0x01F0 203A	0x01F0 403A	ETFRC	1	No	Event-Trigger Force Register
HIGH-RESOLUTION PWM (HRPWM) SUBMODULE
0x01F0 1040	0x01F0 3040	0x01F0 5040	HRCNFG	1	No	HRPWM Configuration Register ⁽¹⁾

(1) These registers are only available on eHRPWM instances that include the high-resolution PWM (HRPWM) extension; otherwise, these locations are reserved.

5.20.1 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (eHRPWM) Timing

PWM refers to PWM outputs on eHRPWM1-6. Table 5-77 shows the PWM timing requirements and Table 5-78, switching characteristics.

Table 5-77 eHRPWM Timing Requirements

PARAMETER		TEST CONDITIONS	MIN	MAX	UNIT
t_w(SYNCIN)	Sync input pulse width	Asynchronous	2t_c(SCO)		cycles
t_w(SYNCIN)	Sync input pulse width	Synchronous	2t_c(SCO)		cycles

Table 5-78 eHRPWM Switching Characteristics

PARAMETER		TEST CONDITIONS	MIN	MAX	UNIT
t_w(PWM)	Pulse duration, PWMx output high/low		20		ns
t_w(SYNCOUT)	Sync output pulse width		8t_c(SCO)		cycles
t_d(PWM)TZA	Delay time, trip input active to PWM forced high Delay time, trip input active to PWM forced low	no pin load; no additional programmable delay		25	ns
t_d(TZ-PWM)HZ	Delay time, trip input active to PWM Hi-Z	no additional programmable delay		20	ns

5.20.2 Trip-Zone Input Timing

A. PWM refers to all the PWM pins in the device. The state of the PWM pins after TZ is taken high depends on the PWM recovery software.

Figure 5-46 PWM Hi-Z Characteristics

Table 5-79 Trip-Zone input Timing Requirements

PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
t_w(TZ)	Pulse duration, TZx input low	Asynchronous	1t_c(SCO)		cycles
t_w(TZ)	Pulse duration, TZx input low	Synchronous	2t_c(SCO)		cycles

Table 5-80 shows the high-resolution PWM switching characteristics.

Table 5-80 High Resolution PWM Characteristics at SYSCLKOUT = (60 - 100 MHz)

PARAMETER	MIN	TYP	MAX	UNIT
Micro Edge Positioning (MEP) step size⁽¹⁾		200		ps

(1) MEP step size will increase with low voltage and high temperature and decrease with high voltage and cold temperature.

5.21 LCD Controller

The LCD controller consists of two independent controllers, the Raster Controller and the LCD Interface Display Driver (LIDD) controller. Each controller operates independently from the other and only one of them is active at any given time.

The Raster Controller handles the synchronous LCD interface. It provides timing and data for constant graphics refresh to a passive display. It supports a wide variety of monochrome and full-color display types and sizes by use of programmable timing controls, a built-in palette, and a gray-scale/serializer. Graphics data is processed and stored in frame buffers. A frame buffer is a contiguous memory block in the system. A built-in DMA engine supplies the graphics data to the Raster engine which, in turn, outputs to the external LCD device.
The LIDD Controller supports the asynchronous LCD interface. It provides full-timing programmability of control signals (CS, WE, OE, ALE) and output data.

The maximum resolution for the LCD controller is 1024 x 1024 pixels. The maximum frame rate is determined by the image size in combination with the pixel clock rate. OMAP-L1x/C674x/AM1x SOC Architecture and Throughput Overview (SPRAB93).

Table 5-81 lists the LCD Controller registers.

Table 5-81 LCD Controller (LCDC) Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E1 3000	REVID	LCD Revision Identification Register
0x01E1 3004	LCD_CTRL	LCD Control Register
0x01E1 3008	LCD_STAT	LCD Status Register
0x01E1 300C	LIDD_CTRL	LCD LIDD Control Register
0x01E1 3010	LIDD_CS0_CONF	LCD LIDD CS0 Configuration Register
0x01E1 3014	LIDD_CS0_ADDR	LCD LIDD CS0 Address Read/Write Register
0x01E1 3018	LIDD_CS0_DATA	LCD LIDD CS0 Data Read/Write Register
0x01E1 301C	LIDD_CS1_CONF	LCD LIDD CS1 Configuration Register
0x01E1 3020	LIDD_CS1_ADDR	LCD LIDD CS1 Address Read/Write Register
0x01E1 3024	LIDD_CS1_DATA	LCD LIDD CS1 Data Read/Write Register
0x01E1 3028	RASTER_CTRL	LCD Raster Control Register
0x01E1 302C	RASTER_TIMING_0	LCD Raster Timing 0 Register
0x01E1 3030	RASTER_TIMING_1	LCD Raster Timing 1 Register
0x01E1 3034	RASTER_TIMING_2	LCD Raster Timing 2 Register
0x01E1 3038	RASTER_SUBPANEL	LCD Raster Subpanel Display Register
0x01E1 3040	LCDDMA_CTRL	LCD DMA Control Register
0x01E1 3044	LCDDMA_FB0_BASE	LCD DMA Frame Buffer 0 Base Address Register
0x01E1 3048	LCDDMA_FB0_CEILING	LCD DMA Frame Buffer 0 Ceiling Address Register
0x01E1 304C	LCDDMA_FB1_BASE	LCD DMA Frame Buffer 1 Base Address Register
0x01E1 3050	LCDDMA_FB1_CEILING	LCD DMA Frame Buffer 1 Ceiling Address Register

5.21.1 LCD Interface Display Driver (LIDD Mode)

Table 5-82 LCD LIDD Mode Timing Requirements

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
16	t_{su(LCD_D)}	Setup time, LCD_D[15:0] valid before LCD_MCLK high	7		ns
17	t_{h(LCD_D)}	Hold time, LCD_D[15:0] valid after LCD_MCLK high	0.5		ns

Table 5-83 LCD LIDD Mode Timing Characteristics

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
4	t_{d(LCD_D_V)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_D[15:0] valid (write)	-0.5	10	ns
5	t_{d(LCD_D_I)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_D[15:0] invalid (write)	-0.5	10	ns
6	t_{d(LCD_E_A})	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_AC_ENB_CS low	-0.5	7	ns
7	t_{d(LCD_E_I)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_AC_ENB_CS high	-0.5	7	ns
8	t_{d(LCD_A_A)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_VSYNC low	-0.5	8	ns
9	t_{d(LCD_A_I)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_VSYNC high	-0.5	8	ns
10	t_{d(LCD_W_A)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_HSYNC low	-0.5	8	ns
11	t_{d(LCD_W_I)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_HSYNC high	-0.5	8	ns
12	t_{d(LCD_STRB_A)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_PCLK active	-0.5	12	ns
13	t_{d(LCD_STRB_I)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_PCLK inactive	-0.5	12	ns
14	t_{d(LCD_D_Z)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_D[15:0] in 3-state	-0.5	12	ns
15	t_{d(Z_LCD_D)}	Delay time, LCD_MCLK high to LCD_D[15:0] (valid from 3-state)	-0.5	12	ns

Figure 5-47 Character Display HD44780 Write

Figure 5-48 Character Display HD44780 Read

Figure 5-49 Micro-Interface Graphic Display 6800 Write

Figure 5-50 Micro-Interface Graphic Display 6800 Read

Figure 5-51 Micro-Interface Graphic Display 6800 Status

Figure 5-52 Micro-Interface Graphic Display 8080 Write

Figure 5-53 Micro-Interface Graphic Display 8080 Read

Figure 5-54 Micro-Interface Graphic Display 8080 Status

5.21.2 LCD Raster Mode

Table 5-84 LCD Raster Mode Timing

See Figure 5-55 through Figure 5-59

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_{c(PIXEL_CLK)}	Cycle time, pixel clock	26.6		ns
2	t_{w(PIXEL_CLK_H)}	Pulse duration, pixel clock high	10		ns
3	t_{w(PIXEL_CLK_L)}	Pulse duration, pixel clock low	10		ns
4	t_{d(LCD_D_V)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK high to LCD_D[15:0] valid (write)	-0.5	9	ns
5	t_{d(LCD_D_IV)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK high to LCD_D[15:0] invalid (write)	-0.5	9	ns
6	t_{d(LCD_AC_ENB_CS_A)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK low to LCD_AC_ENB_CS high	S2 - 0.5⁽²⁾	S2 + 9⁽²⁾	ns
7	t_{d(LCD_AC_ENB_CS_I)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK low to LCD_AC_ENB_CS low	S2 - 0.5⁽²⁾	S2 + 9⁽²⁾	ns
8	t_{d(LCD_VSYNC_A)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK low to LCD_VSYNC high⁽¹⁾	-0.5	12	ns
9	t_{d(LCD_VSYNC_I)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK low to LCD_VSYNC low⁽¹⁾	-0.5	12	ns
10	t_{d(LCD_HSYNC_A)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK high to LCD_HSYNC high⁽¹⁾	--0.5	12	ns
11	t_{d(LCD_HSYNC_I)}	Delay time, LCD_PCLK high to LCD_HSYNC low⁽¹⁾	-0.5	12	ns

(1) The activation edge of the control signals LCD_VSYNC and LCD_HSYNC may be programmed to either the rising or falling edge of the pixel clock through the LCD (RASTER_TIMING_2) register. In Figure 5-56 through Figure 5-59, all signal polarity and activation edges are based on the default LCD (RASTER_TIMING_2) register settings.

(2) S2 = SYSCLK2 cycle time in ns

Frame-to-frame timing is derived through the following parameters in the LCD (RASTER_TIMING_1) register:

Vertical front porch (VFP)
Vertical sync pulse width (VSW)
Vertical back porch (VBP)
Lines per panel (LPP)

Line-to-line timing is derived through the following parameters in the LCD (RASTER_TIMING_0) register:

Horizontal front porch (HFP)
Horizontal sync pulse width (HSW)
Horizontal back porch (HBP)
Pixels per panel (PPL)

LCD_AC_ENB_CS timing is derived through the following parameter in the LCD (RASTER_TIMING_2) register:

AC bias frequency (ACB)

The display format produced in raster mode is shown in Figure 5-55. An entire frame is delivered one line at a time. The first line delivered starts at data pixel (1, 1) and ends at data pixel (P, 1). The last line delivered starts at data pixel (1, L) and ends at data pixel (P, L). The beginning of each new frame is denoted by the activation of I/O signal LCD_VSYNC. The beginning of each new line is denoted by the activation of I/O signal LCD_HSYNC.

Figure 5-55 LCD Raster-Mode Display Format

Figure 5-56 LCD Raster-Mode Active

Figure 5-57 LCD Raster-Mode Passive

Figure 5-58 LCD Raster-Mode Control Signal Activation

Figure 5-59 LCD Raster-Mode Control Signal Deactivation

5.22 Timers

The timers support the following features:

Configurable as single 64-bit timer or two 32-bit timers
Period timeouts generate interrupts, DMA events or external pin events
8 32-bit compare registers
Compare matches generate interrupt events
Capture capability
64-bit Watchdog capability (Timer64P1 only)

Table 5-85 lists the timer registers.

Table 5-85 Timer Registers

Timer64P 0	Timer64P 1	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C2 0000	0x01C2 1000	REV	Revision Register
0x01C2 0004	0x01C2 1004	EMUMGT	Emulation Management Register
0x01C2 0008	0x01C2 1008	GPINTGPEN	GPIO Interrupt and GPIO Enable Register
0x01C2 000C	0x01C2 100C	GPDATGPDIR	GPIO Data and GPIO Direction Register
0x01C2 0010	0x01C2 1010	TIM12	Timer Counter Register 12
0x01C2 0014	0x01C2 1014	TIM34	Timer Counter Register 34
0x01C2 0018	0x01C2 1018	PRD12	Timer Period Register 12
0x01C2 001C	0x01C2 101C	PRD34	Timer Period Register 34
0x01C2 0020	0x01C2 1020	TCR	Timer Control Register
0x01C2 0024	0x01C2 1024	TGCR	Timer Global Control Register
0x01C2 0028	0x01C2 1028	WDTCR	Watchdog Timer Control Register
0x01C2 0034	0x01C2 1034	REL12	Timer Reload Register 12
0x01C2 0038	0x01C2 1038	REL34	Timer Reload Register 34
0x01C2 003C	0x01C2 103C	CAP12	Timer Capture Register 12
0x01C2 0040	0x01C2 1040	CAP34	Timer Capture Register 34
0x01C2 0044	0x01C2 1044	INTCTLSTAT	Timer Interrupt Control and Status Register
0x01C2 0060	0x01C2 1060	CMP0	Compare Register 0
0x01C2 0064	0x01C2 1064	CMP1	Compare Register 1
0x01C2 0068	0x01C2 1068	CMP2	Compare Register 2
0x01C2 006C	0x01C2 106C	CMP3	Compare Register 3
0x01C2 0070	0x01C2 1070	CMP4	Compare Register 4
0x01C2 0074	0x01C2 1074	CMP5	Compare Register 5
0x01C2 0078	0x01C2 1078	CMP6	Compare Register 6
0x01C2 007C	0x01C2 107C	CMP7	Compare Register 7

5.22.1 Timer Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-86 Timing Requirements for Timer Input⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾ (see Figure 5-60)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_{c(TM64Px_IN12)}	Cycle time, TM64Px_IN12	4P		ns
2	t_w(TINPH)	Pulse duration, TM64Px_IN12 high	0.45C	0.55C	ns
3	t_w(TINPL)	Pulse duration, TM64Px_IN12 low	0.45C	0.55C	ns
4	t_{t(TM64Px_IN12)}	Transition time, TM64Px_IN12		0.25P or 10⁽³⁾	ns

(1) P = OSCIN cycle time in ns. For example, when OSCIN frequency is 27 MHz, use P = 37.037 ns.

(2) C = TM64P0_IN12 cycle time in ns. For example, when TM64Px_IN12 frequency is 27 MHz, use C = 37.037 ns

(3) Whichever is smaller. P = the period of the applied signal. Maintaining transition times as fast as possible is recommended to improve noise immunity on input signals.

Figure 5-60 Timer Timing

Table 5-87 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for Timer Output ⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
5	t_w(TOUTH)	Pulse duration, TM64P0_OUT12 high	4P		ns
6	t_w(TOUTL)	Pulse duration, TM64P0_OUT12 low	4P		ns

(1) P = OSCIN cycle time in ns. For example, when OSCIN frequency is 27 MHz, use P = 37.037 ns.

Figure 5-61 Timer Timing

5.23 Inter-Integrated Circuit Serial Ports (I2C0, I2C1)

5.23.1 I2C Device-Specific Information

Having two I2C modules on the device simplifies system architecture. Figure 5-62 is block diagram of the I2C Module.

Each I2C port supports:

Compatible with Philips® I2C Specification Revision 2.1 (January 2000)
Fast Mode up to 400 Kbps (no fail-safe I/O buffers)
Noise Filter to Remove Noise 50 ns or less
Seven- and Ten-Bit Device Addressing Modes
Master (Transmit/Receive) and Slave (Transmit/Receive) Functionality
Events: DMA, Interrupt, or Polling
General-Purpose I/O Capability if not used as I2C

Figure 5-62 I2C Module Block Diagram

5.23.2 I2C Peripheral Registers Description(s)

Table 5-88 is the list of the I2C registers.

Table 5-88 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Registers

I2C0 BYTE ADDRESS	I2C1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C2 2000	0x01E2 8000	ICOAR	I2C Own Address Register
0x01C2 2004	0x01E2 8004	ICIMR	I2C Interrupt Mask Register
0x01C2 2008	0x01E2 8008	ICSTR	I2C Interrupt Status Register
0x01C2 200C	0x01E2 800C	ICCLKL	I2C Clock Low-Time Divider Register
0x01C2 2010	0x01E2 8010	ICCLKH	I2C Clock High-Time Divider Register
0x01C2 2014	0x01E2 8014	ICCNT	I2C Data Count Register
0x01C2 2018	0x01E2 8018	ICDRR	I2C Data Receive Register
0x01C2 201C	0x01E2 801C	ICSAR	I2C Slave Address Register
0x01C2 2020	0x01E2 8020	ICDXR	I2C Data Transmit Register
0x01C2 2024	0x01E2 8024	ICMDR	I2C Mode Register
0x01C2 2028	0x01E2 8028	ICIVR	I2C Interrupt Vector Register
0x01C2 202C	0x01E2 802C	ICEMDR	I2C Extended Mode Register
0x01C2 2030	0x01E2 8030	ICPSC	I2C Prescaler Register
0x01C2 2034	0x01E2 8034	REVID1	I2C Revision Identification Register 1
0x01C2 2038	0x01E2 8038	REVID2	I2C Revision Identification Register 2
0x01C2 2048	0x01E2 8048	ICPFUNC	I2C Pin Function Register
0x01C2 204C	0x01E2 804C	ICPDIR	I2C Pin Direction Register
0x01C2 2050	0x01E2 8050	ICPDIN	I2C Pin Data In Register
0x01C2 2054	0x01E2 8054	ICPDOUT	I2C Pin Data Out Register
0x01C2 2058	0x01E2 8058	ICPDSET	I2C Pin Data Set Register
0x01C2 205C	0x01E2 805C	ICPDCLR	I2C Pin Data Clear Register

5.23.3 I2C Electrical Data/Timing

5.23.3.1 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Timing

Table 5-89 and Table 5-90 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5-63 and Figure 5-64).

Table 5-89 I2C Input Timing Requirements

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_c(SCL)	Cycle time, I2Cx_SCL	Standard Mode	10		μs
1	t_c(SCL)	Cycle time, I2Cx_SCL	Fast Mode	2.5		μs
2	t_{su(SCLH-SDAL)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA low	Standard Mode	4.7		μs
2	t_{su(SCLH-SDAL)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA low	Fast Mode	0.6		μs
3	t_h(SCLL-SDAL)	Hold time, I2Cx_SCL low after I2Cx_SDA low	Standard Mode	4		μs
3	t_h(SCLL-SDAL)	Hold time, I2Cx_SCL low after I2Cx_SDA low	Fast Mode	0.6		μs
4	t_w(SCLL)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL low	Standard Mode	4.7		μs
4	t_w(SCLL)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL low	Fast Mode	1.3		μs
5	t_w(SCLH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL high	Standard Mode	4		μs
5	t_w(SCLH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL high	Fast Mode	0.6		μs
6	t_su(SDA-SCLH)	Setup time, I2Cx_SDA before I2Cx_SCL high	Standard Mode	250		ns
6	t_su(SDA-SCLH)	Setup time, I2Cx_SDA before I2Cx_SCL high	Fast Mode	100		ns
7	t_h(SDA-SCLL)	Hold time, I2Cx_SDA after I2Cx_SCL low	Standard Mode	0		μs
7	t_h(SDA-SCLL)	Hold time, I2Cx_SDA after I2Cx_SCL low	Fast Mode	0	0.9	μs
8	t_w(SDAH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SDA high	Standard Mode	4.7		μs
8	t_w(SDAH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SDA high	Fast Mode	1.3		μs
9	t_r(SDA)	Rise time, I2Cx_SDA	Standard Mode		1000	ns
9	t_r(SDA)	Rise time, I2Cx_SDA	Fast Mode	20 + 0.1C_b	300	ns
10	t_r(SCL)	Rise time, I2Cx_SCL	Standard Mode		1000	ns
10	t_r(SCL)	Rise time, I2Cx_SCL	Fast Mode	20 + 0.1C_b	300	ns
11	t_f(SDA)	Fall time, I2Cx_SDA	Standard Mode		300	ns
11	t_f(SDA)	Fall time, I2Cx_SDA	Fast Mode	20 + 0.1C_b	300	ns
12	t_f(SCL)	Fall time, I2Cx_SCL	Standard Mode		300	ns
12	t_f(SCL)	Fall time, I2Cx_SCL	Fast Mode	20 + 0.1C_b	300	ns
13	t_{su(SCLH-SDAH)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA high	Standard Mode	4		μs
13	t_{su(SCLH-SDAH)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA high	Fast Mode	0.6		μs
14	t_w(SP)	Pulse duration, spike (must be suppressed)	Standard Mode	N/A		ns
14	t_w(SP)	Pulse duration, spike (must be suppressed)	Fast Mode	0	50	ns
15	C_b	Capacitive load for each bus line	Standard Mode		400	pF
15	C_b	Capacitive load for each bus line	Fast Mode		400	pF

Table 5-90 I2C Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
16	t_c(SCL)	Cycle time, I2Cx_SCL	Standard Mode	10		μs
16	t_c(SCL)	Cycle time, I2Cx_SCL	Fast Mode	2.5		μs
17	t_{su(SCLH-SDAL)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA low	Standard Mode	4.7		μs
17	t_{su(SCLH-SDAL)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA low	Fast Mode	0.6		μs
18	t_h(SDAL-SCLL)	Hold time, I2Cx_SCL low after I2Cx_SDA low	Standard Mode	4		μs
18	t_h(SDAL-SCLL)	Hold time, I2Cx_SCL low after I2Cx_SDA low	Fast Mode	0.6		μs
19	t_w(SCLL)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL low	Standard Mode	4.7		μs
19	t_w(SCLL)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL low	Fast Mode	1.3		μs
20	t_w(SCLH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL high	Standard Mode	4		μs
20	t_w(SCLH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SCL high	Fast Mode	0.6		μs
21	t_{su(SDAV-SCLH)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SDA valid before I2Cx_SCL high	Standard Mode	250		ns
21	t_{su(SDAV-SCLH)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SDA valid before I2Cx_SCL high	Fast Mode	100		ns
22	t_h(SCLL-SDAV)	Hold time, I2Cx_SDA valid after I2Cx_SCL low	Standard Mode	0		μs
22	t_h(SCLL-SDAV)	Hold time, I2Cx_SDA valid after I2Cx_SCL low	Fast Mode	0	0.9	μs
23	t_w(SDAH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SDA high	Standard Mode	4.7		μs
23	t_w(SDAH)	Pulse duration, I2Cx_SDA high	Fast Mode	1.3		μs
28	t_{su(SCLH-SDAH)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA high	Standard Mode	4		μs
28	t_{su(SCLH-SDAH)}	Setup time, I2Cx_SCL high before I2Cx_SDA high	Fast Mode	0.6		μs

(1) I2C must be configured correctly to meet the timings in Table 5-90.

Figure 5-63 I2C Receive Timings

Figure 5-64 I2C Transmit Timings

5.24 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

The device has 3 UART peripherals. Each UART has the following features:

16-byte storage space for both the transmitter and receiver FIFOs
1, 4, 8, or 14 byte selectable receiver FIFO trigger level for autoflow control and DMA
Autoflow control signals (CTS, RTS) on UART0 only
DMA signaling capability for both received and transmitted data
Programmable auto-rts and auto-cts for autoflow control
Programmable Baud Rate up to 3MBaud
Programmable Oversampling Options of x13 and x16
Frequency pre-scale values from 1 to 65,535 to generate appropriate baud rates
Prioritized interrupts
Programmable serial data formats
- 5, 6, 7, or 8-bit characters
- Even, odd, or no parity bit generation and detection
- 1, 1.5, or 2 stop bit generation
False start bit detection
Line break generation and detection
Internal diagnostic capabilities
- Loopback controls for communications link fault isolation
- Break, parity, overrun, and framing error simulation

The UART registers are listed in Section 5.24.1

5.24.1 UART Peripheral Registers Description(s)

Table 5-91 is the list of UART registers.

Table 5-91 UART Registers

UART0 BYTE ADDRESS	UART1 BYTE ADDRESS	UART2 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C4 2000	0x01D0 C000	0x01D0 D000	RBR	Receiver Buffer Register (read only)
0x01C4 2000	0x01D0 C000	0x01D0 D000	THR	Transmitter Holding Register (write only)
0x01C4 2004	0x01D0 C004	0x01D0 D004	IER	Interrupt Enable Register
0x01C4 2008	0x01D0 C008	0x01D0 D008	IIR	Interrupt Identification Register (read only)
0x01C4 2008	0x01D0 C008	0x01D0 D008	FCR	FIFO Control Register (write only)
0x01C4 200C	0x01D0 C00C	0x01D0 D00C	LCR	Line Control Register
0x01C4 2010	0x01D0 C010	0x01D0 D010	MCR	Modem Control Register
0x01C4 2014	0x01D0 C014	0x01D0 D014	LSR	Line Status Register
0x01C4 2018	0x01D0 C018	0x01D0 D018	MSR	Modem Status Register
0x01C4 201C	0x01D0 C01C	0x01D0 D01C	SCR	Scratchpad Register
0x01C4 2020	0x01D0 C020	0x01D0 D020	DLL	Divisor LSB Latch
0x01C4 2024	0x01D0 C024	0x01D0 D024	DLH	Divisor MSB Latch
0x01C4 2028	0x01D0 C028	0x01D0 D028	REVID1	Revision Identification Register 1
0x01C4 2030	0x01D0 C030	0x01D0 D030	PWREMU_MGMT	Power and Emulation Management Register
0x01C4 2034	0x01D0 C034	0x01D0 D034	MDR	Mode Definition Register

5.24.2 UART Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-92 Timing Requirements for UARTx Receive⁽¹⁾ (see Figure 5-65)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
4	t_w(URXDB)	Pulse duration, receive data bit (RXDn)	0.96U	1.05U	ns
5	t_w(URXSB)	Pulse duration, receive start bit	0.96U	1.05U	ns

(1) U = UART baud time = 1/programmed baud rate.

Table 5-93 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for UARTx Transmit⁽¹⁾
(see Figure 5-65)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	f_(baud)	Maximum programmable baud rate		D/E ⁽²⁾⁽³⁾	MBaud⁽⁴⁾
2	t_w(UTXDB)	Pulse duration, transmit data bit (TXDn)	U - 2	U + 2	ns
3	t_w(UTXSB)	Pulse duration, transmit start bit	U - 2	U + 2	ns

(1) U = UART baud time = 1/programmed baud rate.

(2) D = UART input clock in MHz. The UART(s) input clock source is PLL0_SYSCLK2.

(3) E = UART divisor x UART sampling rate. The UART divisor is set through the UART divisor latch registers (DLL and DLH). The UART sampling rate is set through the over-sampling mode select bit (OSM_SEL) of the UART mode definition register (MDR).

(4) Baud rate is not indicative of data rate. Actual data rate will be limited by system factors such as EDMA loading, EMIF loading, system frequency, etc.

Figure 5-65 UART Transmit/Receive Timing

5.25 USB1 Host Controller Registers (USB1.1 OHCI)

All the device USB interfaces are compliant with Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 1.1.

Table 5-94 is the list of USB1 Host Controller registers.

Table 5-94 USB1 Host Controller Registers

USB 1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E2 5000	HCREVISION	OHCI Revision Number Register
0x01E2 5004	HCCONTROL	HC Operating Mode Register
0x01E2 5008	HCCOMMANDSTATUS	HC Command and Status Register
0x01E2 500C	HCINTERRUPTSTATUS	HC Interrupt and Status Register
0x01E2 5010	HCINTERRUPTENABLE	HC Interrupt Enable Register
0x01E2 5014	HCINTERRUPTDISABLE	HC Interrupt Disable Register
0x01E2 5018	HCHCCA	HC HCAA Address Register⁽¹⁾
0x01E2 501C	HCPERIODCURRENTED	HC Current Periodic Register⁽¹⁾
0x01E2 5020	HCCONTROLHEADED	HC Head Control Register⁽¹⁾
0x01E2 5024	HCCONTROLCURRENTED	HC Current Control Register⁽¹⁾
0x01E2 5028	HCBULKHEADED	HC Head Bulk Register⁽¹⁾
0x01E2 502C	HCBULKCURRENTED	HC Current Bulk Register⁽¹⁾
0x01E2 5030	HCDONEHEAD	HC Head Done Register⁽¹⁾
0x01E2 5034	HCFMINTERVAL	HC Frame Interval Register
0x01E2 5038	HCFMREMAINING	HC Frame Remaining Register
0x01E2 503C	HCFMNUMBER	HC Frame Number Register
0x01E2 5040	HCPERIODICSTART	HC Periodic Start Register
0x01E2 5044	HCLSTHRESHOLD	HC Low-Speed Threshold Register
0x01E2 5048	HCRHDESCRIPTORA	HC Root Hub A Register
0x01E2 504C	HCRHDESCRIPTORB	HC Root Hub B Register
0x01E2 5050	HCRHSTATUS	HC Root Hub Status Register
0x01E2 5054	HCRHPORTSTATUS1	HC Port 1 Status and Control Register⁽²⁾
0x01E2 5058	HCRHPORTSTATUS2	HC Port 2 Status and Control Register⁽³⁾

(1) Restrictions apply to the physical addresses used in these registers.

(2) Connected to the integrated USB1.1 phy pins (USB1_DM, USB1_DP).

(3) Although the controller implements two ports, the second port cannot be used.

Table 5-95 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for USB1

No.	PARAMETER		LOW SPEED		FULL SPEED		UNIT
No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	MAX	MAX	UNIT
U1	t_r	Rise time, USB1_DP and USB1_DM signals⁽¹⁾	75⁽¹⁾	300⁽¹⁾	4⁽¹⁾	20⁽¹⁾	ns
U2	t_f	Fall time, USB1_DP and USB1_DM signals⁽¹⁾	75⁽¹⁾	300⁽¹⁾	4⁽¹⁾	20⁽¹⁾	ns
U3	t_RFM	Rise/Fall time matching⁽²⁾	80⁽²⁾	120⁽²⁾	90⁽²⁾	110⁽²⁾	%
U4	V_CRS	Output signal cross-over voltage⁽¹⁾	1.3⁽¹⁾	2⁽¹⁾	1.3⁽¹⁾	2⁽¹⁾	V
U5	t_j	Differential propagation jitter⁽³⁾	-25⁽³⁾	25⁽³⁾	-2⁽³⁾	2⁽³⁾	ns
U6	f_op	Operating frequency⁽⁴⁾		1.5		12	MHz

(1) Low Speed: C_L = 200 pF. High Speed: C_L = 50pF

(2) t_RFM =( t_r/t_f ) x 100

(3) t _jr = t _px(1) - t_px(0)

(4) f_op = 1/t_per

5.25.1 USB1 Unused Signal Configuration

If USB1 is unused, then the USB1 signals should be configured as shown in Section 3.6.22.

5.26 USB0 OTG (USB2.0 OTG)

The device USB2.0 peripheral supports the following features:

USB 2.0 peripheral at high-speed (HS: 480 Mb/s) and full-speed (FS: 12 Mb/s)
USB 2.0 host at speeds HS, FS, and low speed (LS: 1.5 Mb/s)
All transfer modes (control, bulk, interrupt, and isochronous)
4 Transmit (TX) and 4 Receive (RX) endpoints in addition to endpoint 0
FIFO RAM
- 4K endpoint
- Programmable size
Integrated USB 2.0 High Speed PHY
Connects to a standard Charge Pump for VBUS 5 V generation
RNDIS mode for accelerating RNDIS type protocols using short packet termination over USB

Important Notice: On the original device pinout (marked "A" in the lower right corner of the package), pins USB0_VSSA33 (H4) and USB0_VSSA (F3) were connected to ground outside the package. For more robust ESD performance, the USB0 ground references are now connected inside the package on packages marked "B" and the package pins are unconnected. This change will require that any external filter circuits previously referenced to ground at these pins will need to reference the board ground instead.

Important Notice: The USB0 controller module clock (PLL0_SYSCLK2) must be greater than 30 MHz for proper operation of the USB controller. A clock rate of 60 MHz or greater is recommended to avoid da`ta throughput reduction.

Table 5-96 is the list of USB OTG registers.

Table 5-96 Universal Serial Bus OTG (USB0) Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01E0 0000	REVID	Revision Register
0x01E0 0004	CTRLR	Control Register
0x01E0 0008	STATR	Status Register
0x01E0 000C	EMUR	Emulation Register
0x01E0 0010	MODE	Mode Register
0x01E0 0014	AUTOREQ	Autorequest Register
0x01E0 0018	SRPFIXTIME	SRP Fix Time Register
0x01E0 001C	TEARDOWN	Teardown Register
0x01E0 0020	INTSRCR	USB Interrupt Source Register
0x01E0 0024	INTSETR	USB Interrupt Source Set Register
0x01E0 0028	INTCLRR	USB Interrupt Source Clear Register
0x01E0 002C	INTMSKR	USB Interrupt Mask Register
0x01E0 0030	INTMSKSETR	USB Interrupt Mask Set Register
0x01E0 0034	INTMSKCLRR	USB Interrupt Mask Clear Register
0x01E0 0038	INTMASKEDR	USB Interrupt Source Masked Register
0x01E0 003C	EOIR	USB End of Interrupt Register
0x01E0 0040	-	Reserved
0x01E0 0050	GENRNDISSZ1	Generic RNDIS Size EP1
0x01E0 0054	GENRNDISSZ2	Generic RNDIS Size EP2
0x01E0 0058	GENRNDISSZ3	Generic RNDIS Size EP3
0x01E0 005C	GENRNDISSZ4	Generic RNDIS Size EP4
0x01E0 0400	FADDR	Function Address Register
0x01E0 0401	POWER	Power Management Register
0x01E0 0402	INTRTX	Interrupt Register for Endpoint 0 plus Transmit Endpoints 1 to 4
0x01E0 0404	INTRRX	Interrupt Register for Receive Endpoints 1 to 4
0x01E0 0406	INTRTXE	Interrupt Enable Register for INTRTX
0x01E0 0408	INTRRXE	Interrupt Enable Register for INTRRX
0x01E0 040A	INTRUSB	Interrupt Register for Common USB Interrupts
0x01E0 040B	INTRUSBE	Interrupt Enable Register for INTRUSB
0x01E0 040C	FRAME	Frame Number Register
0x01E0 040E	INDEX	Index Register for Selecting the Endpoint Status and Control Registers
0x01E0 040F	TESTMODE	Register to Enable the USB 2.0 Test Modes
INDEXED REGISTERS These registers operate on the endpoint selected by the INDEX register
0x01E0 0410	TXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Transmit Endpoint (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 0412	PERI_CSR0	Control Status Register for Endpoint 0 in Peripheral Mode. (Index register set to select Endpoint 0)
	HOST_CSR0	Control Status Register for Endpoint 0 in Host Mode. (Index register set to select Endpoint 0)
	PERI_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Transmit Endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4)
	HOST_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Transmit Endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4)
0x01E0 0414	RXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Receive Endpoint (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 0416	PERI_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Receive Endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4)
0x01E0 0416	HOST_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Receive Endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4)
0x01E0 0418	COUNT0	Number of Received Bytes in Endpoint 0 FIFO. (Index register set to select Endpoint 0)
0x01E0 0418	RXCOUNT	Number of Bytes in Host Receive Endpoint FIFO. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1- 4)
0x01E0 041A	HOST_TYPE0	Defines the speed of Endpoint 0
0x01E0 041A	HOST_TXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Transmit endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 041B	HOST_NAKLIMIT0	Sets the NAK response timeout on Endpoint 0. (Index register set to select Endpoint 0)
0x01E0 041B	HOST_TXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Transmit endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 041C	HOST_RXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Receive endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 041D	HOST_RXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Receive endpoint. (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 041F	CONFIGDATA	Returns details of core configuration. (Index register set to select Endpoint 0)
FIFO
0x01E0 0420	FIFO0	Transmit and Receive FIFO Register for Endpoint 0
0x01E0 0424	FIFO1	Transmit and Receive FIFO Register for Endpoint 1
0x01E0 0428	FIFO2	Transmit and Receive FIFO Register for Endpoint 2
0x01E0 042C	FIFO3	Transmit and Receive FIFO Register for Endpoint 3
0x01E0 0430	FIFO4	Transmit and Receive FIFO Register for Endpoint 4
OTG DEVICE CONTROL
0x01E0 0460	DEVCTL	Device Control Register
DYNAMIC FIFO CONTROL
0x01E0 0462	TXFIFOSZ	Transmit Endpoint FIFO Size (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 0463	RXFIFOSZ	Receive Endpoint FIFO Size (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 0464	TXFIFOADDR	Transmit Endpoint FIFO Address (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 0466	RXFIFOADDR	Receive Endpoint FIFO Address (Index register set to select Endpoints 1-4 only)
0x01E0 046C	HWVERS	Hardware Version Register
TARGET ENDPOINT 0 CONTROL REGISTERS, VALID ONLY IN HOST MODE
0x01E0 0480	TXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint.
0x01E0 0482	TXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 0483	TXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 0484	RXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint.
0x01E0 0486	RXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 0487	RXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
TARGET ENDPOINT 1 CONTROL REGISTERS, VALID ONLY IN HOST MODE
0x01E0 0488	TXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint.
0x01E0 048A	TXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 048B	TXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 048C	RXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint.
0x01E0 048E	RXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 048F	RXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
TARGET ENDPOINT 2 CONTROL REGISTERS, VALID ONLY IN HOST MODE
0x01E0 0490	TXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint.
0x01E0 0492	TXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 0493	TXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 0494	RXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint.
0x01E0 0496	RXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 0497	RXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
TARGET ENDPOINT 3 CONTROL REGISTERS, VALID ONLY IN HOST MODE
0x01E0 0498	TXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint.
0x01E0 049A	TXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 049B	TXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 049C	RXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint.
0x01E0 049E	RXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 049F	RXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
TARGET ENDPOINT 4 CONTROL REGISTERS, VALID ONLY IN HOST MODE
0x01E0 04A0	TXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint.
0x01E0 04A2	TXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 04A3	TXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Transmit Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 04A4	RXFUNCADDR	Address of the target function that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint.
0x01E0 04A6	RXHUBADDR	Address of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
0x01E0 04A7	RXHUBPORT	Port of the hub that has to be accessed through the associated Receive Endpoint. This is used only when full speed or low speed device is connected via a USB2.0 high-speed hub.
CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER FOR ENDPOINT 0
0x01E0 0502	PERI_CSR0	Control Status Register for Endpoint 0 in Peripheral Mode
	HOST_CSR0	Control Status Register for Endpoint 0 in Host Mode
0x01E0 0508	COUNT0	Number of Received Bytes in Endpoint 0 FIFO
0x01E0 050A	HOST_TYPE0	Defines the Speed of Endpoint 0
0x01E0 050B	HOST_NAKLIMIT0	Sets the NAK Response Timeout on Endpoint 0
0x01E0 050F	CONFIGDATA	Returns details of core configuration.
CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER FOR ENDPOINT 1
0x01E0 0510	TXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Transmit Endpoint
0x01E0 0512	PERI_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Transmit Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0512	HOST_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Transmit Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0514	RXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Receive Endpoint
0x01E0 0516	PERI_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Receive Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0516	HOST_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Receive Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0518	RXCOUNT	Number of Bytes in Host Receive endpoint FIFO
0x01E0 051A	HOST_TXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 051B	HOST_TXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 051C	HOST_RXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Receive endpoint.
0x01E0 051D	HOST_RXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Receive endpoint.
CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER FOR ENDPOINT 2
0x01E0 0520	TXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Transmit Endpoint
0x01E0 0522	PERI_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Transmit Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0522	HOST_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Transmit Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0524	RXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Receive Endpoint
0x01E0 0526	PERI_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Receive Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0526	HOST_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Receive Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0528	RXCOUNT	Number of Bytes in Host Receive endpoint FIFO
0x01E0 052A	HOST_TXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 052B	HOST_TXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 052C	HOST_RXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Receive endpoint.
0x01E0 052D	HOST_RXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Receive endpoint.
CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER FOR ENDPOINT 3
0x01E0 0530	TXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Transmit Endpoint
0x01E0 0532	PERI_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Transmit Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0532	HOST_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Transmit Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0534	RXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Receive Endpoint
0x01E0 0536	PERI_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Receive Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0536	HOST_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Receive Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0538	RXCOUNT	Number of Bytes in Host Receive endpoint FIFO
0x01E0 053A	HOST_TXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 053B	HOST_TXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 053C	HOST_RXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Receive endpoint.
0x01E0 053D	HOST_RXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Receive endpoint.
CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER FOR ENDPOINT 4
0x01E0 0540	TXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Transmit Endpoint
0x01E0 0542	PERI_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Transmit Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0542	HOST_TXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Transmit Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0544	RXMAXP	Maximum Packet Size for Peripheral/Host Receive Endpoint
0x01E0 0546	PERI_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Peripheral Receive Endpoint (peripheral mode)
0x01E0 0546	HOST_RXCSR	Control Status Register for Host Receive Endpoint (host mode)
0x01E0 0548	RXCOUNT	Number of Bytes in Host Receive endpoint FIFO
0x01E0 054A	HOST_TXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 054B	HOST_TXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Transmit endpoint.
0x01E0 054C	HOST_RXTYPE	Sets the operating speed, transaction protocol and peripheral endpoint number for the host Receive endpoint.
0x01E0 054D	HOST_RXINTERVAL	Sets the polling interval for Interrupt/ISOC transactions or the NAK response timeout on Bulk transactions for host Receive endpoint.
DMA REGISTERS
0x01E0 1000	DMAREVID	DMA Revision Register
0x01E0 1004	TDFDQ	DMA Teardown Free Descriptor Queue Control Register
0x01E0 1008	DMAEMU	DMA Emulation Control Register
0x01E0 1800	TXGCR[0]	Transmit Channel 0 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 1808	RXGCR[0]	Receive Channel 0 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 180C	RXHPCRA[0]	Receive Channel 0 Host Packet Configuration Register A
0x01E0 1810	RXHPCRB[0]	Receive Channel 0 Host Packet Configuration Register B
0x01E0 1820	TXGCR[1]	Transmit Channel 1 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 1828	RXGCR[1]	Receive Channel 1 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 182C	RXHPCRA[1]	Receive Channel 1 Host Packet Configuration Register A
0x01E0 1830	RXHPCRB[1]	Receive Channel 1 Host Packet Configuration Register B
0x01E0 1840	TXGCR[2]	Transmit Channel 2 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 1848	RXGCR[2]	Receive Channel 2 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 184C	RXHPCRA[2]	Receive Channel 2 Host Packet Configuration Register A
0x01E0 1850	RXHPCRB[2]	Receive Channel 2 Host Packet Configuration Register B
0x01E0 1860	TXGCR[3]	Transmit Channel 3 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 1868	RXGCR[3]	Receive Channel 3 Global Configuration Register
0x01E0 186C	RXHPCRA[3]	Receive Channel 3 Host Packet Configuration Register A
0x01E0 1870	RXHPCRB[3]	Receive Channel 3 Host Packet Configuration Register B
0x01E0 2000	DMA_SCHED_CTRL	DMA Scheduler Control Register
0x01E0 2800	WORD[0]	DMA Scheduler Table Word 0
0x01E0 2804	WORD[1]	DMA Scheduler Table Word 1
. . .	. . .	. . .
0x01E0 28FC	WORD[63]	DMA Scheduler Table Word 63
QUEUE MANAGER REGISTERS
0x01E0 4000	QMGRREVID	Queue Manager Revision Register
0x01E0 4008	DIVERSION	Queue Diversion Register
0x01E0 4020	FDBSC0	Free Descriptor/Buffer Starvation Count Register 0
0x01E0 4024	FDBSC1	Free Descriptor/Buffer Starvation Count Register 1
0x01E0 4028	FDBSC2	Free Descriptor/Buffer Starvation Count Register 2
0x01E0 402C	FDBSC3	Free Descriptor/Buffer Starvation Count Register 3
0x01E0 4080	LRAM0BASE	Linking RAM Region 0 Base Address Register
0x01E0 4084	LRAM0SIZE	Linking RAM Region 0 Size Register
0x01E0 4088	LRAM1BASE	Linking RAM Region 1 Base Address Register
0x01E0 4090	PEND0	Queue Pending Register 0
0x01E0 4094	PEND1	Queue Pending Register 1
0x01E0 5000	QMEMRBASE[0]	Memory Region 0 Base Address Register
0x01E0 5004	QMEMRCTRL[0]	Memory Region 0 Control Register
0x01E0 5010	QMEMRBASE[1]	Memory Region 1 Base Address Register
0x01E0 5014	QMEMRCTRL[1]	Memory Region 1 Control Register
. . .	. . .	. . .
0x01E0 50F0	QMEMRBASE[15]	Memory Region 15 Base Address Register
0x01E0 50F4	QMEMRCTRL[15]	Memory Region 15 Control Register
0x01E0 600C	CTRLD[0]	Queue Manager Queue 0 Control Register D
0x01E0 601C	CTRLD[1]	Queue Manager Queue 1 Control Register D
. . .	. . .	. . .
0x01E0 63FC	CTRLD[63]	Queue Manager Queue 63 Status Register D
0x01E0 6800	QSTATA[0]	Queue Manager Queue 0 Status Register A
0x01E0 6804	QSTATB[0]	Queue Manager Queue 0 Status Register B
0x01E0 6808	QSTATC[0]	Queue Manager Queue 0 Status Register C
0x01E0 6810	QSTATA[1]	Queue Manager Queue 1 Status Register A
0x01E0 6814	QSTATB[1]	Queue Manager Queue 1 Status Register B
0x01E0 6818	QSTATC[1]	Queue Manager Queue 1 Status Register C
. . .	. . .	. . .
0x01E0 6BF0	QSTATA[63]	Queue Manager Queue 63 Status Register A
0x01E0 6BF4	QSTATB[63]	Queue Manager Queue 63 Status Register B
0x01E0 6BF8	QSTATC[63]	Queue Manager Queue 63 Status Register C

5.26.1 USB2.0 (USB0) Electrical Data/Timing

The USB PHY PLL can support input clock of the following frequencies: 12.0 MHz, 13.0 MHz, 19.2 MHz, 20.0 MHz, 24.0 MHz, 26.0 MHz, 38.4 MHz, 40.0 MHz or 48.0 MHz. USB_REFCLKIN jitter tolerance is 50 ppm maximum.

Table 5-97 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for USB2.0 [USB0] (see Figure 5-66)

No.	PARAMETER		LOW SPEED 1.5 Mbps		FULL SPEED 12 Mbps		HIGH SPEED 480 Mbps		UNIT
No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	MIN	MAX	MIN	MAX	UNIT
1	t_r(D)	Rise time, USB0_DP and USB0_DM signals⁽¹⁾	75	300	4	20	0.5		ns
2	t_f(D)	Fall time, USB0_DP and USB0_DM signals⁽¹⁾	75	300	4	20	0.5		ns
3	t_rfM	Rise/Fall time, matching⁽²⁾	80	120	90	111	–	–	%
4	V_CRS	Output signal cross-over voltage⁽¹⁾	1.3	2	1.3	2	–	–	V
5	t_jr(source)NT	Source (Host) Driver jitter, next transition		2		2		⁽⁴⁾	ns
	t_jr(FUNC)NT	Function Driver jitter, next transition		25		2		⁽⁴⁾	ns
6	t_jr(source)PT	Source (Host) Driver jitter, paired transition⁽³⁾		1		1		⁽⁴⁾	ns
	t_jr(FUNC)PT	Function Driver jitter, paired transition		10		1		⁽⁴⁾	ns
7	t_w(EOPT)	Pulse duration, EOP transmitter ⁽⁵⁾	1250	1500	160	175	–	–	ns
8	t_w(EOPR)	Pulse duration, EOP receiver ⁽⁵⁾	670		82		–		ns
9	t_(DRATE)	Data Rate		1.5		12		480	Mb/s
10	Z_DRV	Driver Output Resistance	–	–	40.5	49.5	40.5	49.5	Ω
11	Z_INP	Receiver Input Impedance	100k		100k		-	-	Ω

(1) Low Speed: C_L = 200 pF, Full Speed: C_L = 50 pF, High Speed: C_L = 50 pF

(2) t_RFM = (t_r/t_f) x 100. [Excluding the first transaction from the Idle state.]

(3) t_jr = t_px(1) - t_px(0)

(4) For more detailed information, see the Universal Serial Bus Specification Revision 2.0, Chapter 7. Electrical.

(5) Must accept as valid EOP

Figure 5-66 USB0 Integrated Transceiver Interface Timing

5.26.2 USB0 Unused Signal Configuration

If USB0 is unused, then the USB0 signals should be configured as shown in Section 3.6.22.

5.27 Host-Port Interface (UHPI)

5.27.1 HPI Device-Specific Information

The device includes a user-configurable 16-bit Host-port interface (HPI16).

5.27.2 HPI Peripheral Register Description(s)

Table 5-98 HPI Control Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION	COMMENTS
0x01E1 0000	PID	Peripheral Identification Register
0x01E1 0004	PWREMU_MGMT	HPI power and emulation management register	The CPU has read/write access to the PWREMU_MGMT register.
0x01E1 0008	-	Reserved
0x01E1 000C	GPIO_EN	General Purpose IO Enable Register
0x01E1 0010	GPIO_DIR1	General Purpose IO Direction Register 1
0x01E1 0014	GPIO_DAT1	General Purpose IO Data Register 1
0x01E1 0018	GPIO_DIR2	General Purpose IO Direction Register 2
0x01E1 001C	GPIO_DAT2	General Purpose IO Data Register 2
0x01E1 0020	GPIO_DIR3	General Purpose IO Direction Register 3
0x01E1 0024	GPIO_DAT3	General Purpose IO Data Register 3
0x01E1 0028	-	Reserved
0x01E1 002C	-	Reserved
0x01E1 0030	HPIC	HPI control register	The Host and the CPU both have read/write access to the HPIC register.
0x01E1 0034	HPIA (HPIAW)⁽¹⁾	HPI address register (Write)	The Host has read/write access to the HPIA registers. The CPU has only read access to the HPIA registers.
0x01E1 0038	HPIA (HPIAR)⁽¹⁾	HPI address register (Read)
0x01E1 000C- 0x01E1 07FF	-	Reserved

(1) There are two 32-bit HPIA registers: HPIAR for read operations and HPIAW for write operations. The HPI can be configured such that HPIAR and HPIAW act as a single 32-bit HPIA (single-HPIA mode) or as two separate 32-bit HPIAs (dual-HPIA mode) from the perspective of the Host. The CPU can access HPIAW and HPIAR independently.

5.27.3 HPI Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-99 Timing Requirements for Host-Port Interface Cycles⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	UNIT
1	t_{su(SELV-HSTBL)}	Setup time, select signals⁽³⁾ valid before UHPI_HSTROBE low	5	ns
2	t_{h(HSTBL-SELV)}	Hold time, select signals⁽³⁾ valid after UHPI_HSTROBE low	2	ns
3	t_w(HSTBL)	Pulse duration, UHPI_HSTROBE active low	15	ns
4	t_w(HSTBH)	Pulse duration, UHPI_HSTROBE inactive high between consecutive accesses	2M	ns
9	t_{su(SELV-HASL)}	Setup time, selects signals valid before UHPI_HAS low	5	ns
10	t_h(HASL-SELV)	Hold time, select signals valid after UHPI_HAS low	2	ns
11	t_{su(HDV-HSTBH)}	Setup time, host data valid before UHPI_HSTROBE high	5	ns
12	t_h(HSTBH-HDV)	Hold time, host data valid after UHPI_HSTROBE high	2	ns
13	t_{h(HRDYL-HSTBH)}	Hold time, UHPI_HSTROBE high after UHPI_HRDY low. UHPI_HSTROBE should not be inactivated until UHPI_HRDY is active (low); otherwise, HPI writes will not complete properly.	2	ns
16	t_{su(HASL-HSTBL)}	Setup time, UHPI_HAS low before UHPI_HSTROBE low	2	ns
17	t_{h(HSTBL-HASH)}	Hold time, UHPI_HAS low after UHPI_HSTROBE low	2	ns

(1) UHPI_HSTROBE refers to the following logical operation on UHPI_HCS, UHPI_HDS1, and UHPI_HDS2: [NOT(UHPI_HDS1 XOR UHPI_HDS2)] OR UHPI_HCS.

(2) M=SYSCLK2 period (CPU clock frequency)/2 in ns. For example, when running parts at 300 MHz, use M=6.67 ns.

(3) Select signals include: UHPI_HCNTL[1:0], UHPI_HRW and UHPI_HHWIL.

Table 5-100 Switching Characteristics for Host-Port Interface Cycles⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾⁽³⁾

No.	PARAMETER			MIN	MAX	UNIT
5	t_{d(HSTBL-HRDYV)}	Delay time, UHPI_HSTROBE low to UHPI_HRDY valid	For HPI Write, UHPI_HRDY can go high (not ready) for these HPI Write conditions; otherwise, UHPI_HRDY stays low (ready): Case 1: Back-to-back HPIA writes (can be either first or second half-word) Case 2: HPIA write following a PREFETCH command (can be either first or second half-word) Case 3: HPID write when FIFO is full or flushing (can be either first or second half-word) Case 4: HPIA write and Write FIFO not empty For HPI Read, UHPI_HRDY can go high (not ready) for these HPI Read conditions: Case 1: HPID read (with auto-increment) and data not in Read FIFO (can only happen to first half-word of HPID access) Case 2: First half-word access of HPID Read without auto-increment For HPI Read, UHPI_HRDY stays low (ready) for these HPI Read conditions: Case 1: HPID read with auto-increment and data is already in Read FIFO (applies to either half-word of HPID access) Case 2: HPID read without auto-increment and data is already in Read FIFO (always applies to second half-word of HPID access) Case 3: HPIC or HPIA read (applies to either half-word access)		12	ns
5a	t_{d(HASL-HRDYV)}	Delay time, UHPI_HAS low to UHPI_HRDY valid			13
6	t_{en(HSTBL-HDLZ)}	Enable time, HD driven from UHPI_HSTROBE low		2		ns
7	t_d(HRDYL-HDV)	Delay time, UHPI_HRDY low to HD valid			0	ns
8	t_{oh(HSTBH-HDV)}	Output hold time, HD valid after UHPI_HSTROBE high		1.5		ns
14	t_{dis(HSTBH-HDHZ)}	Disable time, HD high-impedance from UHPI_ HSTROBE high			12	ns
15	t_d(HSTBL-HDV)	Delay time, UHPI_HSTROBE low to HD valid	For HPI Read. Applies to conditions where data is already residing in HPID/FIFO: Case 1: HPIC or HPIA read Case 2: First half-word of HPID read with auto-increment and data is already in Read FIFO Case 3: Second half-word of HPID read with or without auto-increment		15	ns
18	t_{d(HSTBH-HRDYV)}	Delay time, UHPI_HSTROBE high to UHPI_HRDY valid	For HPI Write, UHPI_HRDY can go high (not ready) for these HPI Write conditions; otherwise, UHPI_HRDY stays low (ready): Case 1: HPID write when Write FIFO is full (can happen to either half-word) Case 2: HPIA write (can happen to either half-word) Case 3: HPID write without auto-increment (only happens to second half-word)		12	ns

(1) M=SYSCLK2 period (CPU clock frequency)/2 in ns.

(2) UHPI_HSTROBE refers to the following logical operation on UHPI_HCS, UHPI_HDS1, and UHPI_HDS2: [NOT(UHPI_HDS1 XOR UHPI_HDS2)] OR UHPI_HCS.

(3) By design, whenever UHPI_HCS is driven inactive (high), HPI will drive UHPI_HRDY active (low).

A. UHPI_HSTROBE refers to the following logical operation on UHPI_HCS, UHPI_HDS1, and UHPI_HDS2: [NOT(UHPI_HDS1 XOR UHPI_HDS2)] OR UHPI_HCS.

B. Depending on the type of write or read operation (HPID without auto-incrementing; HPIA, HPIC, or HPID with auto-incrementing) and the state of the FIFO, transitions on UHPI_HRDY may or may not occur.

C. UHPI_HCS reflects typical UHPI_HCS behavior when UHPI_HSTROBE assertion is caused by UHPI_HDS1 or UHPI_HDS2. UHPI_HCS timing requirements are reflected by parameters for UHPI_HSTROBE.

D. The diagram above assumes UHPI_HAS has been pulled high.

Figure 5-67 UHPI Read Timing (UHPI_HAS Not Used, Tied High)

A. For correct operation, strobe the UHPI_HAS signal only once per UHPI_HSTROBE active cycle.

B. UHPI_HSTROBE refers to the following logical operation on UHPI_HCS, UHPI_HDS1, and UHPI_HDS2: [NOT(UHPI_HDS1 XOR UHPI_HDS2)] OR UHPI_HCS.

Figure 5-68 UHPI Read Timing (UHPI_HAS Used)

A. UHPI_HSTROBE refers to the following logical operation on UHPI_HCS, UHPI_HDS1, and UHPI_HDS2: [NOT(UHPI_HDS1 XOR UHPI_HDS2)] OR UHPI_HCS.

C. UHPI_HCS reflects typical UHPI_HCS behavior when UHPI_HSTROBE assertion is caused by UHPI_HDS1 or UHPI_HDS2. UHPI_HCS timing requirements are reflected by parameters for UHPI_HSTROBE.

D. he diagram above assumes UHPI_HAS has been pulled high.

Figure 5-69 UHPI Write Timing (UHPI_HAS Not Used, Tied High)

A. For correct operation, strobe the UHPI_HAS signal only once per UHPI_HSTROBE active cycle.

B. UHPI_HSTROBE refers to the following logical operation on UHPI_HCS, UHPI_HDS1, and UHPI_HDS2: [NOT(UHPI_HDS1 XOR UHPI_HDS2)] OR UHPI_HCS.

Figure 5-70 UHPI Write Timing (UHPI_HAS Used)

5.28 Power and Sleep Controller (PSC)

The Power and Sleep Controllers (PSC) are responsible for managing transitions of system power on/off, clock on/off, resets (device level and module level). It is used primarily to provide granular power control for on chip modules (peripherals and CPU). A PSC module consists of a Global PSC (GPSC) and a set of Local PSCs (LPSCs). The GPSC contains memory mapped registers, PSC interrupts, a state machine for each peripheral/module it controls. An LPSC is associated with every module that is controlled by the PSC and provides clock and reset control.

The PSC includes the following features:

Provides a software interface to:
- Control module clock enable/disable
- Control module reset
- Control CPU local reset
Supports ICEPick TAP Router power, clock and reset features. For details on ICEPick features see http://tiexpressdsp.com/wiki/index.php?title=ICEPick.

Table 5-101 Power and Sleep Controller (PSC) Registers

PSC0 BYTE ADDRESS	PSC1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	DESCRIPTION
0x01C1 0000	0x01E2 7000	REVID	Peripheral Revision and Class Information Register
0x01C1 0018	0x01E2 7018	INTEVAL	Interrupt Evaluation Register
0x01C1 0040	0x01E2 7040	MERRPR0	Module Error Pending Register 0 (module 0-15) (PSC0)
0x01C1 0040	0x01E2 7040	MERRPR0	Module Error Pending Register 0 (module 0-31) (PSC1)
0x01C1 0050	0x01E2 7050	MERRCR0	Module Error Clear Register 0 (module 0-15) (PSC0)
0x01C1 0050	0x01E2 7050	MERRCR0	Module Error Clear Register 0 (module 0-31) (PSC1)
0x01C1 0060	0x01E2 7060	PERRPR	Power Error Pending Register
0x01C1 0068	0x01E2 7068	PERRCR	Power Error Clear Register
0x01C1 0120	0x01E2 7120	PTCMD	Power Domain Transition Command Register
0x01C1 0128	0x01E2 7128	PTSTAT	Power Domain Transition Status Register
0x01C1 0200	0x01E2 7200	PDSTAT0	Power Domain 0 Status Register
0x01C1 0204	0x01E2 7204	PDSTAT1	Power Domain 1 Status Register
0x01C1 0300	0x01E2 7300	PDCTL0	Power Domain 0 Control Register
0x01C1 0304	0x01E2 7304	PDCTL1	Power Domain 1 Control Register
0x01C1 0400	0x01E2 7400	PDCFG0	Power Domain 0 Configuration Register
0x01C1 0404	0x01E2 7404	PDCFG1	Power Domain 1 Configuration Register
0x01C1 0800- 0x01C1 083C	0x01E2 7800- 0x01E2 787C	MDSTAT0-MDSTAT15	Module Status n Register (modules 0-15) (PSC0)
0x01C1 0800- 0x01C1 083C	0x01E2 7800- 0x01E2 787C	MDSTAT0-MDSTAT31	Module Status n Register (modules 0-31) (PSC1)
0x01C1 0A00- 0x01C1 0A3C	0x01E2 7A00- 0x01E2 7A7C	MDCTL0-MDCTL15	Module Control n Register (modules 0-15) (PSC0)
0x01C1 0A00- 0x01C1 0A3C	0x01E2 7A00- 0x01E2 7A7C	MDCTL0-MDCTL31	Module Control n Register (modules 0-31) (PSC1)

5.28.1 Power Domain and Module Topology

The device includes two PSC modules.

Each PSC module controls clock states for several of the on chip modules, controllers and interconnect components. Table 5-102 and Table 5-103 lists the set of peripherals/modules that are controlled by the PSC, the power domain they are associated with, the LPSC assignment and the default (power-on reset) module states. See the device-specific data manual for the peripherals available on a given device. The module states and terminology are defined in Section 5.28.1.2.

Table 5-102 PSC0 Default Module Configuration

LPSC Number	Module Name	Power Domain	Default Module State	Auto Sleep/Wake Only
0	EDMA3 Channel Controller	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
1	EDMA3 Transfer Controller 0	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
2	EDMA3 Transfer Controller 1	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
3	EMIFA (BR7)	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
4	SPI 0	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
5	MMC/SD 0	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
6	ARM Interrupt Controller	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
7	ARM RAM/ROM	AlwaysON (PD0)	Enable	Yes
8	-	-	-	-
9	UART 0	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
10	SCR0 (Br 0, Br 1, Br 2, Br 8)	AlwaysON (PD0)	Enable	Yes
11	SCR1 (Br 4)	AlwaysON (PD0)	Enable	Yes
12	SCR2 (Br 3, Br 5, Br 6)	AlwaysON (PD0)	Enable	Yes
13	PRUSS	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
14	ARM	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
15	-	-	-	—

Table 5-103 PSC1 Default Module Configuration

LPSC Number	Module Name	Power Domain	Default Module State	Auto Sleep/Wake Only
0	Not Used	—	—	—
1	USB0 (USB2.0)	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
2	USB1 (USB1.1)	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
3	GPIO	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
4	UHPI	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
5	EMAC	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
6	EMIFB (Br 20)	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
7	McASP0 ( + McASP0 FIFO)	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
8	McASP1 ( + McASP1 FIFO)	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
9	McASP2( + McASP2 FIFO)	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
10	SPI 1	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
11	I2C 1	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
12	UART 1	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
13	UART 2	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
14-15	Not Used	—	—	—
16	LCDC	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
17	eHRPWM0/1/2	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
18-19	Not Used	—	—	—
20	ECAP0/1/2	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
21	EQEP0/1	AlwaysON (PD0)	SwRstDisable	—
22-23	Not Used	—	—	—
24	SCR8 (Br 15)	AlwaysON (PD0)	Enable	Yes
25	SCR7 (Br 12)	AlwaysON (PD0)	Enable	Yes
26	SCR12 (Br 18)	AlwaysON (PD0)	Enable	Yes
27-30	Not Used	—	—	—
31	On-chip RAM (Br 13)	PD_SHRAM	Enable	Yes

5.28.1.1 Power Domain States

A power domain can only be in one of the two states: ON or OFF, defined as follows:

ON: power to the domain is on
OFF: power to the domain is off

In the device, for both PSC0 and PSC1, the Always ON domain, or PD0 power domain, is always in the ON state when the chip is powered-on. This domain is not programmable to OFF state.

On PSC1 PD1/PD_SHRAM Domain: Controls the sleep state for the 128K Shared RAM

5.28.1.2 Module States

The PSC defines several possible states for a module. This states are essentially a combination of the module reset asserted or de-asserted and module clock on/enabled or off/disabled. The module states are defined in Table 5-104.

Table 5-104 Module States

Module State	Module Reset	Module Clock	Module State Definition
Enable	De-asserted	On	A module in the enable state has its module reset de-asserted and it has its clock on. This is the normal operational state for a given module
Disable	De-asserted	Off	A module in the disabled state has its module reset de-asserted and it has its module clock off. This state is typically used for disabling a module clock to save power. The device is designed in full static CMOS, so when you stop a module clock, it retains the module’s state. When the clock is restarted, the module resumes operating from the stopping point.
SyncReset	Asserted	On	A module state in the SyncReset state has its module reset asserted and it has its clock on. Generally, software is not expected to initiate this state
SwRstDisable	Asserted	Off	A module in the SwResetDisable state has its module reset asserted and it has its clock disabled. After initial power-on, several modules come up in the SwRstDisable state. Generally, software is not expected to initiate this state
Auto Sleep	De-asserted	Off	A module in the Auto Sleep state also has its module reset de-asserted and its module clock disabled, similar to the Disable state. However this is a special state, once a module is configured in this state by software, it can “automatically” transition to “Enable” state whenever there is an internal read/write request made to it, and after servicing the request it will “automatically” transition into the sleep state (with module reset re de-asserted and module clock disabled), without any software intervention. The transition from sleep to enabled and back to sleep state has some cycle latency associated with it. It is not envisioned to use this mode when peripherals are fully operational and moving data.
Auto Wake	De-asserted	Off	A module in the Auto Wake state also has its module reset de-asserted and its module clock disabled, similar to the Disable state. However this is a special state, once a module is configured in this state by software, it will “automatically” transition to “Enable” state whenever there is an internal read/write request made to it, and will remain in the “Enabled” state from then on (with module reset re de-asserted and module clock on), without any software intervention. The transition from sleep to enabled state has some cycle latency associated with it. It is not envisioned to use this mode when peripherals are fully operational and moving data.

5.29 Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem (PRUSS)

The Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem (PRUSS) consists of

Two Programmable Real-Time Units (PRU0 and PRU1) and their associated memories
An Interrupt Controller (INTC) for handling system interrupt events. The INTC also supports posting events back to the device level host CPU.
A Switched Central Resource (SCR) for connecting the various internal and external masters to the resources inside the PRUSS.

The two PRUs can operate completely independently or in coordination with each other. The PRUs can also work in coordination with the device level host CPU. This is determined by the nature of the program which is loaded into the PRUs instruction memory. Several different signaling mechanisms are available between the two PRUs and the device level host CPU.

The PRUs are optimized for performing embedded tasks that require manipulation of packed memory mapped data structures, handling of system events that have tight realtime constraints and interfacing with systems external to the device.

The PRUSS comprises various distinct addressable regions. Externally the subsystem presents a single 64Kbyte range of addresses. The internal interconnect bus (also called switched central resource, or SCR) of the PRUSS decodes accesses for each of the individual regions. The PRUSS memory map is documented in Table 5-105 and in Table 5-106. Note that these two memory maps are implemented inside the PRUSS and are local to the components of the PRUSS.

Table 5-105 Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem (PRUSS) Local Instruction Space Memory Map

BYTE ADDRESS	PRU0	PRU1
0x0000 0000 - 0x0000 0FFF	PRU0 Instruction RAM	PRU1 Instruction RAM

Table 5-106 Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem (PRUSS) Local Data Space Memory Map

BYTE ADDRESS	PRU0	PRU1
0x0000 0000 - 0x0000 01FF	Data RAM 0 ⁽¹⁾	Data RAM 1 ⁽¹⁾
0x0000 0200 - 0x0000 1FFF	Reserved	Reserved
0x0000 2000 - 0x0000 21FF	Data RAM 1 ⁽¹⁾	Data RAM 0 ⁽¹⁾
0x0000 2200 - 0x0000 3FFF	Reserved	Reserved
0x0000 4000 - 0x0000 6FFF	INTC Registers	INTC Registers
0x0000 7000 - 0x0000 73FF	PRU0 Control Registers	PRU0 Control Registers
0x0000 7400 - 0x0000 77FF	Reserved	Reserved
0x0000 7800 - 0x0000 7BFF	PRU1 Control Registers	PRU1 Control Registers
0x0000 7C00 - 0xFFFF FFFF	Reserved	Reserved

(1) Note that PRU0 accesses Data RAM0 at address 0x0000 0000, also PRU1 accesses Data RAM1 at address 0x0000 0000. Data RAM0 is intended to be the primary data memory for PRU0 and Data RAM1 is intended to be the primary data memory for PRU1. However for passing information between PRUs, each PRU can access the data ram of the ‘other’ PRU through address 0x0000 2000.

The global view of the PRUSS internal memories and control ports is documented in Table 5-107. The offset addresses of each region are implemented inside the PRUSS but the global device memory mapping places the PRUSS slave port in the address range 0x01C3 0000-0x01C3 FFFF. The PRU0 and PRU1 can use either the local or global addresses to access their internal memories, but using the local addresses will provide access time several cycles faster than using the global addresses. This is because when accessing via the global address the access needs to be routed through the switch fabric outside PRUSS and back in through the PRUSS slave port.

Table 5-107 Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem (PRUSS) Global Memory Map

BYTE ADDRESS	REGION
0x01C3 0000 - 0x01C3 01FF	Data RAM 0
0x01C3 0200 - 0x01C3 1FFF	Reserved
0x01C3 2000 - 0x01C3 21FF	Data RAM 1
0x01C3 2200 - 0x01C3 3FFF	Reserved
0x01C3 4000 - 0x01C3 6FFF	INTC Registers
0x01C3 7000 - 0x01C3 73FF	PRU0 Control Registers
0x01C3 7400 - 0x01C3 77FF	PRU0 Debug Registers
0x01C3 7800 - 0x01C3 7BFF	PRU1 Control Registers
0x01C3 7C00 - 0x01C3 7FFF	PRU1 Debug Registers
0x01C3 8000 - 0x01C3 8FFF	PRU0 Instruction RAM
0x01C3 9000 - 0x01C3 BFFF	Reserved
0x01C3 C000 - 0x01C3 CFFF	PRU1 Instruction RAM
0x01C3 D000 - 0x01C3 FFFF	Reserved

Each of the PRUs can access the rest of the device memory (including memory mapped peripheral and configuration registers) using the global memory space addresses.

5.29.1 PRUSS Register Descriptions

Table 5-108 Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem (PRUSS) Control / Status Registers

PRU0 BYTE ADDRESS	PRU1 BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C3 7000	0x01C3 7800	CONTROL	PRU Control Register
0x01C3 7004	0x01C3 7804	STATUS	PRU Status Register
0x01C3 7008	0x01C3 7808	WAKEUP	PRU Wakeup Enable Register
0x01C3 700C	0x01C3 780C	CYCLCNT	PRU Cycle Count
0x01C3 7010	0x01C3 7810	STALLCNT	PRU Stall Count
0x01C3 7020	0x01C3 7820	CONTABBLKIDX0	PRU Constant Table Block Index Register 0
0x01C3 7028	0x01C3 7828	CONTABPROPTR0	PRU Constant Table Programmable Pointer Register 0
0x01C3 702C	0x01C3 782C	CONTABPROPTR1	PRU Constant Table Programmable Pointer Register 1
0x01C37400 - 0x01C3747C	0x01C3 7C00 - 0x01C3 7C7C	INTGPR0 – INTGPR31	PRU Internal General Purpose Registers (for Debug)
0x01C37480 - 0x01C374FC	0x01C3 7C80 - 0x01C3 7CFC	INTCTER0 – INTCTER31	PRU Internal Constants Table Registers (for Debug)

Table 5-109 Programmable Real-Time Unit Subsystem Interrupt Controller (PRUSS INTC) Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C3 4000	REVID	Revision ID Register
0x01C3 4004	CONTROL	Control Register
0x01C3 4010	GLBLEN	Global Enable Register
0x01C3 401C	GLBLNSTLVL	Global Nesting Level Register
0x01C3 4020	STATIDXSET	System Interrupt Status Indexed Set Register
0x01C3 4024	STATIDXCLR	System Interrupt Status Indexed Clear Register
0x01C3 4028	ENIDXSET	System Interrupt Enable Indexed Set Register
0x01C3 402C	ENIDXCLR	System Interrupt Enable Indexed Clear Register
0x01C3 4034	HSTINTENIDXSET	Host Interrupt Enable Indexed Set Register
0x01C3 4038	HSTINTENIDXCLR	Host Interrupt Enable Indexed Clear Register
0x01C3 4080	GLBLPRIIDX	Global Prioritized Index Register
0x01C3 4200	STATSETINT0	System Interrupt Status Raw/Set Register 0
0x01C3 4204	STATSETINT1	System Interrupt Status Raw/Set Register 1
0x01C3 4280	STATCLRINT0	System Interrupt Status Enabled/Clear Register 0
0x01C3 4284	STATCLRINT1	System Interrupt Status Enabled/Clear Register 1
0x01C3 4300	ENABLESET0	System Interrupt Enable Set Register 0
0x01C3 4304	ENABLESET1	System Interrupt Enable Set Register 1
0x01C3 4380	ENABLECLR0	System Interrupt Enable Clear Register 0
0x01C3 4384	ENABLECLR1	System Interrupt Enable Clear Register 1
0x01C3 4400 - 0x01C3 4440	CHANMAP0 - CHANMAP15	Channel Map Registers 0-15
0x01C3 4800 - 0x01C3 4808	HOSTMAP0 - HOSTMAP2	Host Map Register 0-2
0x01C3 4900 - 0x01C3 4928	HOSTINTPRIIDX0 - HOSTINTPRIIDX9	Host Interrupt Prioritized Index Registers 0-9
0x01C3 4D00	POLARITY0	System Interrupt Polarity Register 0
0x01C3 4D04	POLARITY1	System Interrupt Polarity Register 1
0x01C3 4D80	TYPE0	System Interrupt Type Register 0
0x01C3 4D84	TYPE1	System Interrupt Type Register 1
0x01C3 5100 - 0x01C3 5128	HOSTINTNSTLVL0-HOSTINTNSTLVL9	Host Interrupt Nesting Level Registers 0-9
0x01C3 5500	HOSTINTEN	Host Interrupt Enable Register

5.30 Emulation Logic

This section describes the steps to use a third party debugger. The debug capabilities and features for ARM are as shown below.

For TI’s latest debug and emulation information see :

http://tiexpressdsp.com/wiki/index.php?title=Category:Emulation

ARM:

Basic Debug
- Execution Control
- System Visibility

Advanced Debug
- Global Start
- Global Stop

Advanced System Control
- Subsystem reset via debug
- Peripheral notification of debug events
- Cache-coherent debug accesses

Program Trace
- Program flow corruption
- Code coverage
- Path coverage
- Thread/interrupt synchronization problems

Data Trace
- Memory corruption

Timing Trace
- Profiling

Analysis Actions
- Stop program execution
- Control trace streams
- Generate debug interrupt
- Benchmarking with counters
- External trigger generation
- Debug state machine state transition
- Combinational and Sequential event generation

Analysis Events
- Program event detection
- Data event detection
- External trigger Detection
- System event detection (i.e. cache miss)
- Debug state machine state detection

Analysis Configuration
- Application access
- Debugger access

Table 5-110 ARM Debug Features

Category	Hardware Feature	Availability
Basic Debug	Software breakpoint	Unlimited
	Hardware breakpoint	Up to 14 HWBPs, including:
		2 precise⁽¹⁾ HWBP inside ARM core which are shared with watch points.
		8 imprecise⁽¹⁾ HWBPs from ETM’s address comparators, which are shared with trace function, and can be used as watch point too.
		4 imprecise⁽¹⁾ HWBPs from ICECrusher.
Analysis	Watch point	Up to 6 watch points, including:
		2 from ARM core which is shared with HWBPs and can be associated with a data.
		8 from ETM’s address comparators, which are shared with trace function, and HWBPs.
	Watch point with Data	2 from ARM core which is shared with HWBPs.
	Watch point with Data	8 watch points from ETM can be associated with a data comparator, and ETM has total 4 data comparators.
	Counters/timers	3x32-bit (1 cycle ; 2 event)
	External Event Trigger In	1
	External Event Trigger Out	1
Trace Control	Address range for trace	4
	Data qualification for trace	2
	System events for trace control	20
	Counters/Timers for trace control	2x16-bit
	State Machines/Sequencers	1x3-State State Machine
	Context/Thread ID Comparator	1
	Independent trigger control units	12
On-chip Trace Capture	Capture depth PC	4k bytes ETB
	Capture depth PC + Timing	4k bytes ETB
	Application accessible	Y

(1) Precise hardware breakpoints will halt the processor immediately prior to the execution of the selected instruction. Imprecise breakpoints will halt the processor some number of cycles after the selected instruction depending on device conditions.

5.30.1 JTAG Port Description

The device target debug interface uses the five standard IEEE 1149.1(JTAG) signals (TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO), a return clock (RTCK) due to the clocking requirements of the ARM926EJ-S and EMU0 .

TRST holds the debug and boundary scan logic in reset when pulled low (its default state). Since TRST has an internal pull-down resistor, this ensures that at power up the device functions in its normal (non-test) operation mode if TRST is not connected. Otherwise, TRST should be driven inactive by the emulator or boundary scan controller. Boundary scan test cannot be performed while the TRST pin is pulled low.

Table 5-111 JTAG Port Description

PIN	TYPE	NAME	DESCRIPTION
TRST	I	Test Logic Reset	When asserted (active low) causes all test and debug logic in the device to be reset along with the IEEE 1149.1 interface
TCK	I	Test Clock	This is the test clock used to drive an IEEE 1149.1 TAP state machine and logic. Depending on the emulator attached to , this is a free running clock or a gated clock depending on RTCK monitoring.
RTCK	O	Returned Test Clock	Synchronized TCK. Depending on the emulator attached to, the JTAG signals are clocked from RTCK or RTCK is monitored by the emulator to gate TCK.
TMS	I	Test Mode Select	Directs the next state of the IEEE 1149.1 test access port state machine
TDI	I	Test Data Input	Scan data input to the device
TDO	O	Test Data Output	Scan data output of the device
EMU0	I/O	Emulation 0	Channel 0 trigger + HSRTDX

5.30.2 Scan Chain Configuration Parameters

Table 5-112 shows the TAP configuration details required to configure the router/emulator for this device.

Table 5-112 JTAG Port Description

Router Port ID	Default TAP	TAP Name	Tap IR Length
17	No	Reserved	38
18	No	ARM926	4
19	No	ETB	4

The router is ICEPick revision C and has a 6-bit IR length.

5.30.3 Initial Scan Chain Configuration

The first level of debug interface that sees the scan controller is the TAP router module. The debugger can configure the TAP router for serially linking up to 16 TAP controllers or individually scanning one of the TAP controllers without disrupting the IR state of the other TAPs.

5.30.3.1 Adding TAPS to the Scan Chain

The TAP router must be programmed to add additional TAPs to the scan chain. The following JTAG scans must be completed to add the ARM926EJ-S to the scan chain.

A Power-On Reset (POR) or the JTAG Test-Logic Reset state configures the TAP router to contain only the router’s TAP.

Figure 5-71 Adding ARM926EJ-S to the scan chain

Pre-amble: The device whose data reaches the emulator first is listed first in the board configuration file. This device is a pre-amble for all the other devices. This device has the lowest device ID.

Post-amble: The device whose data reaches the emulator last is listed last in the board configuration file. This device is a post-amble for all the other devices. This device has the highest device ID.

Function : Update the JTAG preamble and post-amble counts.
- Parameter : The IR pre-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The IR post-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The DR pre-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The DR post-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The IR main count is '6'.
- Parameter : The DR main count is '1'.

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-ir'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-ir'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '6'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0x00000007'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-dr'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-dr'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '8'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0x00000089'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-ir'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-ir'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '6'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0x00000002'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Embed the port address in next command.
- Parameter : The port address field is '0x0f000000'.
- Parameter : The port address value is '3'.

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-dr'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-dr'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '32'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0xa2002108'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Do a send-only all-ones JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-ir'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'run-test/idle'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '6'.
- Parameter : The send data value is 'all-ones'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Wait for a minimum number of TCLK pulses.
- Parameter : The count of TCLK pulses is '10'.

Function : Update the JTAG preamble and post-amble counts.
- Parameter : The IR pre-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The IR post-amble count is '6'.
- Parameter : The DR pre-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The DR post-amble count is '1'.
- Parameter : The IR main count is '4'.
- Parameter : The DR main count is '1'.

The initial scan chain contains only the TAP router module. The following steps must be completed in order to add ETB TAP to the scan chain.

Figure 5-72 Adding ETB to the scan chain

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-ir'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-ir'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '6'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0x00000007'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-dr'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-dr'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '8'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0x00000089'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-ir'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-ir'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '6'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0x00000002'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Embed the port address in next command.
- Parameter : The port address field is '0x0f000000'.
- Parameter : The port address value is '3'.

Function : Do a send-only JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The route to JTAG shift state is 'shortest transition'.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-dr'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'pause-dr'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '32'.
- Parameter : The send data value is '0xa3302108'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Do a send-only all-ones JTAG IR/DR scan.
- Parameter : The JTAG shift state is 'shift-ir'.
- Parameter : The JTAG destination state is 'run-test/idle'.
- Parameter : The bit length of the command is '6'.
- Parameter : The send data value is 'all-ones'.
- Parameter : The actual receive data is 'discarded'.

Function : Wait for a minimum number of TCLK pulses.
- Parameter : The count of TCLK pulses is '10'.

Function : Update the JTAG preamble and post-amble counts.
- Parameter : The IR pre-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The IR post-amble count is '6 + 4'.
- Parameter : The DR pre-amble count is '0'.
- Parameter : The DR post-amble count is '1 + 1'.
- Parameter : The IR main count is '4'.
- Parameter : The DR main count is '1'.

5.30.4 JTAG 1149.1 Boundary Scan Considerations

To use boundary scan, the following sequence should be followed:

Execute a valid reset sequence and exit reset
Wait at least 6000 OSCIN clock cycles
Enter boundary scan mode using the JTAG pins

No specific value is required on the EMU0 pin for boundary scan testing. If TRST is not driven by the boundary scan tool or tester, TRST should be externally pulled high during boundary scan testing.

5.31 IEEE 1149.1 JTAG

The JTAG

(1) IEEE Standard 1149.1-1990 Standard-Test-Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture.

interface is used for BSDL testing and emulation of the device.

The device requires that both TRST and RESET be asserted upon power up to be properly initialized. While RESET initializes the device, TRST initializes the device's emulation logic. Both resets are required for proper operation.

RESET must be released only in order for boundary-scan JTAG to read the variant field of IDCODE correctly. Other boundary-scan instructions work correctly independent of current state of RESET.

For maximum reliability, the device includes an internal pulldown (IPD) on the TRST pin to ensure that TRST will always be asserted upon power up and the device's internal emulation logic will always be properly initialized.

JTAG controllers from Texas Instruments actively drive TRST high. However, some third-party JTAG controllers may not drive TRST high but expect the use of a pullup resistor on TRST.

When using this type of JTAG controller, assert TRST to initialize the device after powerup and externally drive TRST high before attempting any emulation or boundary scan operations.

5.31.1 JTAG Peripheral Register Description(s) – JTAG ID Register (DEVIDR0)

Table 5-113 DEVIDR0 Register

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION	COMMENTS
0x01C1 4018	DEVIDR0	JTAG Identification Register	Read-only. Provides 32-bit JTAG ID of the device.

The JTAG ID register is a read-only register that identifies to the customer the JTAG/Device ID. For the device, the JTAG ID register resides at address location 0x01C1 4018. The register hex value for each silicon revision is:

0x8B7D F02F for silicon revision 1.1
0x9B7D F02F for silicon revisions 3.0, 2.1, and 2.0

For the actual register bit names and their associated bit field descriptions, see Figure 5-73 and Table 5-114.

Figure 5-73 JTAG ID (DEVIDR0) Register Description - Register Value

31	28	27	12	11	1	0
VARIANT (4-bit)		PART NUMBER (16-bit)		MANUFACTURER (11-bit)		LSB
R-xxxx		R-1011 0111 1101 1111		R-0000 0010 111		R-1

LEGEND: R = Read, W = Write, n = value at reset

Table 5-114 JTAG ID Register Selection Bit Descriptions

BIT	NAME	DESCRIPTION
31:28	VARIANT	Variant (4-Bit) value
27:12	PART NUMBER	Part Number (16-Bit) value
11-1	MANUFACTURER	Manufacturer (11-Bit) value
0	LSB	LSB. This bit is read as a "1".

5.31.2 JTAG Test-Port Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-115 Timing Requirements for JTAG Test Port (see Figure 5-74)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	UNIT
1	t_c(TCK)	Cycle time, TCK	40	ns
2	t_w(TCKH)	Pulse duration, TCK high	16	ns
3	t_w(TCKL)	Pulse duration, TCK low	16	ns
4	t_c(RTCK)	Cycle time, RTCK	40	ns
5	t_w(RTCKH)	Pulse duration, RTCK high	16	ns
6	t_w(RTCKL)	Pulse duration, RTCK low	16	ns
7	t_{su(TDIV-RTCKH)}	Setup time, TDI/TMS/TRST valid before RTCK high	4	ns
8	t_{h(RTCKH-TDIV)}	Hold time, TDI/TMS/TRST valid after RTCK high	4	ns

Table 5-116 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for JTAG Test Port
(see Figure 5-74)

No.	PARAMETER		MIN	MAX	UNIT
9	t_{d(RTCKL-TDOV)}	Delay time, RTCK low to TDO valid		15	ns

Figure 5-74 JTAG Test-Port Timing

5.32 Real Time Clock (RTC)

The RTC provides a time reference to an application running on the device. The current date and time is tracked in a set of counter registers that update once per second. The time can be represented in 12-hour or 24-hour mode. The calendar and time registers are buffered during reads and writes so that updates do not interfere with the accuracy of the time and date.

Alarms are available to interrupt the CPU at a particular time, or at periodic time intervals, such as once per minute or once per day. In addition, the RTC can interrupt the CPU every time the calendar and time registers are updated, or at programmable periodic intervals.

The real-time clock (RTC) provides the following features:

100-year calendar (xx00 to xx99)
Counts seconds, minutes, hours, day of the week, date, month, and year with leap year compensation
Binary-coded-decimal (BCD) representation of time, calendar, and alarm
12-hour clock mode (with AM and PM) or 24-hour clock mode
Alarm interrupt
Periodic interrupt
Single interrupt to the CPU
Supports external 32.768-kHz crystal or external clock source of the same frequency
Separate isolated power supply

Figure 5-75 shows a block diagram of the RTC.

Figure 5-75 Real-Time Clock Block Diagram

5.32.1 Clock Source

The clock reference for the RTC is an external 32.768-kHz crystal or an external clock source of the same frequency. The RTC also has a separate power supply that is isolated from the rest of the system. When the CPU and other peripherals are without power, the RTC can remain powered to preserve the current time and calendar information.

The source for the RTC reference clock may be provided by a crystal or by an external clock source. The RTC has an internal oscillator buffer to support direct operation with a crystal. The crystal is connected between pins RTC_XI and RTC_XO. RTC_XI is the input to the on-chip oscillator and RTC_XO is the output from the oscillator back to the crystal. A crystal with 70k-ohm max ESR is recommended. Typical load capacitance values are 10-20 pF, where the load capacitance is the series combination of C1 and C2.

An external 32.768-kHz clock source may be used instead of a crystal. In such a case, the clock source is connected to RTC_XI, and RTC_XO is left unconnected.

If the RTC is not used, the RTC_XI pin should be static held high or low and RTC_XO should be left unconnected.

Figure 5-76 Clock Source

5.32.2 Registers

Table 5-117 lists the memory-mapped registers for the RTC.

Table 5-117 Real-Time Clock (RTC) Registers

BYTE ADDRESS	ACRONYM	REGISTER DESCRIPTION
0x01C2 3000	SECOND	Seconds Register
0x01C2 3004	MINUTE	Minutes Register
0x01C2 3008	HOUR	Hours Register
0x01C2 300C	DAY	Day of the Month Register
0x01C2 3010	MONTH	Month Register
0x01C2 3014	YEAR	Year Register
0x01C2 3018	DOTW	Day of the Week Register
0x01C2 3020	ALARMSECOND	Alarm Seconds Register
0x01C2 3024	ALARMMINUTE	Alarm Minutes Register
0x01C2 3028	ALARMHOUR	Alarm Hours Register
0x01C2 302C	ALARMDAY	Alarm Days Register
0x01C2 3030	ALARMMONTH	Alarm Months Register
0x01C2 3034	ALARMYEAR	Alarm Years Register
0x01C2 3040	CTRL	Control Register
0x01C2 3044	STATUS	Status Register
0x01C2 3048	INTERRUPT	Interrupt Enable Register
0x01C2 304C	COMPLSB	Compensation (LSB) Register
0x01C2 3050	COMPMSB	Compensation (MSB) Register
0x01C2 3054	OSC	Oscillator Register
0x01C2 3060	SCRATCH0	Scratch 0 (General-Purpose) Register
0x01C2 3064	SCRATCH1	Scratch 1 (General-Purpose) Register
0x01C2 3068	SCRATCH2	Scratch 2 (General-Purpose) Register
0x01C2 306C	KICK0	Kick 0 (Write Protect) Register
0x01C2 3070	KICK1	Kick 1 (Write Protect) Register

Package Options

Mechanical Data (Package|Pins)

Thermal pad, mechanical data (Package|Pins)

Orderable Information

5 Peripheral Information and Electrical Specifications

5.1 Parameter Information

5.1.1 Parameter Information Device-Specific Information

5.1.1.1 Signal Transition Levels

5.2 Recommended Clock and Control Signal Transition Behavior

5.3 Power Supplies

5.3.1 Power-on Sequence

5.3.2 Power-off Sequence

5.4 Reset

5.4.1 Power-On Reset (POR)

5.4.2 Warm Reset

5.4.3 Reset Electrical Data Timings

Table 5-1 Reset Timing Requirements(1)(2)

5.5 Crystal Oscillator or External Clock Input

Table 5-2 Oscillator Timing Requirements

Table 5-3 OSCIN Timing Requirements

5.6 Clock PLLs

5.6.1 PLL Device-Specific Information

Table 5-4 Allowed PLL Operating Conditions

5.6.2 Device Clock Generation

5.6.3 PLL Controller 0 Registers

Table 5-5 PLL Controller 0 Registers

5.7 Interrupts

5.7.1 ARM CPU Interrupts

5.7.1.1 ARM Interrupt Controller (AINTC) Interrupt Signal Hierarchy

5.7.1.2 AINTC Hardware Vector Generation

5.7.1.3 AINTC Hardware Interrupt Nesting Support

5.7.1.4 AINTC System Interrupt Assignments on the device

Table 5-6 AINTC System Interrupt Assignments

5.7.1.5 AINTC Memory Map

Table 5-7 AINTC Memory Map

5.8 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO)

5.8.1 GPIO Register Description(s)

Table 5-8 GPIO Registers

5.8.2 GPIO Peripheral Input/Output Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-9 Timing Requirements for GPIO Inputs(1) (see Figure 5-10)

Table 5-10 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for GPIO Outputs (see Figure 5-10)

5.8.3 GPIO Peripheral External Interrupts Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-11 Timing Requirements for External Interrupts(1) (see Figure 5-11)

5.9 EDMA

Table 5-12 EDMA3 Channel Controller (EDMA3CC) Registers

Table 5-13 EDMA3 Transfer Controller (EDMA3TC) Registers

Table 5-14 EDMA Parameter Set RAM

Table 5-15 Parameter Set Entries

Table 5-16 EDMA Events

5.10 External Memory Interface A (EMIFA)

5.10.1 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Support

5.10.2 EMIFA Synchronous DRAM Memory Support

Table 5-17 EMIFA Supported SDRAM Configurations(1)

5.10.3 EMIFA SDRAM Loading Limitations

5.10.4 EMIFA Connection Examples

5.10.5 External Memory Interface A (EMIFA) Registers

Table 5-18 External Memory Interface (EMIFA) Registers

5.10.6 EMIFA Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-19 EMIFA SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements

Table 5-20 EMIFA SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics

Table 5-21 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Timing Requirements(1)

Table 5-22 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Switching Characteristics(1)(2)(3)

5.11 External Memory Interface B (EMIFB)

5.11.1 EMIFB SDRAM Loading Limitations

5.11.2 Interfacing to SDRAM

Table 5-23 EMIFB Supported SDRAM Configurations(1)

Table 5-24 Example of 16/32-bit EMIFB Address Pin Connections

5.11.3 EMIFB Registers

Table 5-25 EMIFB Controller Registers

5.11.4 EMIFB Electrical Data/Timing

Table 5-26 EMIFB SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements

Table 5-27 EMIFB SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics for Commercial (Default) Temperature Range

Table 5-28 EMIFB SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics for Industrial, Extended, and Automotive Temperature Ranges

5.12 Memory Protection Units

Table 5-29 MPU1 Configuration Registers

Table 5-30 MPU2 Configuration Registers

5.13 MMC / SD / SDIO (MMCSD)

5.13.1 MMCSD Peripheral Description

5.13.2 MMCSD Peripheral Register Description(s)

Table 5-31 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Card Controller Registers

Table 5-1 Reset Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-9 Timing Requirements for GPIO Inputs⁽¹⁾ (see Figure 5-10)

Table 5-10 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for GPIO Outputs
(see Figure 5-10)

Table 5-11 Timing Requirements for External Interrupts⁽¹⁾ (see Figure 5-11)

Table 5-17 EMIFA Supported SDRAM Configurations⁽¹⁾

Table 5-21 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾

Table 5-22 EMIFA Asynchronous Memory Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾⁽³⁾

Table 5-23 EMIFB Supported SDRAM Configurations⁽¹⁾

Table 5-32 Timing Requirements for MMC/SD Module
(see Figure 5-27 and Figure 5-29)

Table 5-42 Switching Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Conditions for MDIO Output
(see Figure 5-32)

Table 5-43 McASP Configurations⁽¹⁾

Table 5-47 McASP0 Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽⁴⁾

Table 5-48 McASP0 Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾

Table 5-49 McASP1 Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽⁴⁾

Table 5-50 McASP1 Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾

Table 5-51 McASP2 Timing Requirements⁽¹⁾⁽⁴⁾

Table 5-52 McASP2 Switching Characteristics⁽¹⁾

Table 5-54 General Timing Requirements for SPI0 Master Modes⁽¹⁾

Table 5-55 General Timing Requirements for SPI0 Slave Modes⁽¹⁾

Table 5-56 Additional⁽⁵⁾ SPI0 Master Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-57 Additional⁽⁷⁾ SPI0 Master Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-58 Additional⁽¹⁰⁾ SPI0 Master Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-59 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI0 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-60 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI0 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-61 Additional⁽⁴⁾ SPI0 Slave Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-62 General Timing Requirements for SPI1 Master Modes⁽¹⁾

Table 5-63 General Timing Requirements for SPI1 Slave Modes⁽¹⁾

Table 5-64 Additional⁽⁵⁾ SPI1 Master Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-65 Additional⁽⁷⁾ SPI1 Master Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-66 Additional⁽¹⁰⁾ SPI1 Master Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-67 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI1 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Enable Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-68 Additional⁽³⁾ SPI1 Slave Timings, 4-Pin Chip Select Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾

Table 5-69 Additional⁽⁴⁾ SPI1 Slave Timings, 5-Pin Option⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾